ie arr ab) Mig ites ayy Sua ‘i i iN Lark ae is a _— he * ne ; f rs - ~ — » ; oe vy 2 | we : Pai a Arie ae a h hOENTOO TOEO O MMA IOHM/18lN oo cS =) ze - FRONTISPIECE Ay \ Sa MANUAL OF PEN UC OULOGY: STRUCTURAL AND SYSTEMATIC. WITH ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE SPECIES. eet AE \ ,4 *» By GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. CONTINUATION BY HENRY “A; PILSBRY, CONSERVATOR OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION OF THE ACADEMY O NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. WO lg ox Vile PHILINIDA, GASTROPTERID#, AGLAJID&, APLYSIIDA, OXYNUEIDA, RUNCINID&, UMBRACULIDA, PLEUROBRANCHID&, PHILADELPHIA : Published by Conchological Section ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, OF PHILADELPHIA. 1895-6. HE present volume is devoted to the monographs of Tecti- branchiate mollusks, in continuation of Volume XV. The CEPHALASPIDEA herein monographed belong to groups of which but few species are represented in the collection studied, so that little beyond the merits of a careful compilation can be ex- pected. In the ANAsPIDEA, more material has been available, and it is hoped that progress has been made in the classification and defi- nition of subfamilies and genera, as well as in the facilitation of specific determinations. To a less extent this also applies to the NorasPIDEA. A single family of AscoGLossa, Oxynoeide, is included herein, on account of the Bulla-like shell developed. The other AscoGLossa and the NuDIBRANCHIATA proper, which have no shells when adult, will not be included; the fruitful labors of Bergh rendering their treatment here inadvisable, especially in view of the fact that few conchologists concern themselves with those groups. In an appendix, the Tectibranch groups of Volume XV are brought up to 1896. A brief introductory chapter embodies the views of the author on the classification of CrEPHALASPIDEA; the chief departures from previous arrangements being in the dismemberment of the old family Bullide, with the creation of Akeratide ; and the rearrangement of the families into phyla based largely upon the mode of specialization of the radula, and the development of the pleuropodial lobes. 1S Laws Wd ill At y t - a CLASSIFICATION AND PHYLOGENY OF TECTIBRANCHIATA. The Tectibranchiate mollusks have been divided by Dr. Paul Fischer into three main groups, based largely upon external anatomy : I. Head bearing a fleshy shield ; tentacles or rhinophores (as such) usually wanting; male organ or its orifice widely separated from the female orifice. CEPHALASPIDEA. II. Head without shield, bearing a pair of enrolled, erect rhino- phores, with usually an anterior pair of labial tentacular pro- cesses ; gill dorsal ; male and female orifices widely separated. ANASPIDEA. III. No head shield; back protected by a fleshy shield or mantle, the gill below it on the right side; male and female orifices contiguous or not widely separated. NorasPIDEA. The families of Cephalaspidea are defined below. ‘The group Anaspidea contains but one family, Aplysiide (see page 59). The families of Notaspidea, three in number, are defined on page 170 of this volume. The numerous families of Cephalaspidea, or shield-headed Tecti- branchs, fall into four well-defined groups or series, of about equal rank, as follows: Operculate. I. Radula multidentate ; no pleuropodial lobes, Acteonide, Vol. KV pr tsp: Not operculate. II. Radula multidentate ; pleuropodial lobes developed. a. Head-shield without tentacles; shell thin, light yellow, brown or green; aperture frequently with a posterior sinus or slit at the suture, Akeratide, Vol. XV, p. 350. aa. Head-shield bearing 2 or 4 tentacles ; shell decidedly varie- gated; no posterior slit, Hydatinide, Vol. XV, p. 385. = vi IIf. Radula with few teeth in a row, or none. No pleuropodial lobes. a. Shell oval, solid, mottled and variegated (except in a few deep water forms), spire umbilicated or concealed ; rad- ula formula 1.2.1.2.1, the rachidian tooth largest; 3 corneous, dumb-bell shaped stomach-plates, Bullide, Vol. XV, p. 826. aa. Shell small, unicolored; no teeth; 3 flat, oval, stomach- plates with coarsely tuberculate inner faces, Tornatinide, Vol. XV, p. 180. IV. Radula with few teeth in a row, or none; pleuropodial lobes well-developed or very large (? except in Ringiculid@) . shell often concealed and partly uncoiled or degenerate. a. Shell obese, ovate, small, with thick outer lip and plicate columella (pleuropodial lobes wanting ?), Ringiculide, Vol. XV, p. 593. aa. Shell few-whorled or degenerate, if spiral the aperture very large, as long as the shell. Pleuropodial lobes large. b. Shell external to mantle, Scaphandride, Vol. XV, p. 242. bb. Shell wholly concealed in the mantle; no rachid- ian teeth. c. Radula present; shell spiral, more or less open, wholly calcified; pleuropodia of mod- erate size, Philinide, p. 1. ce. Radula present; shell reduced to a minute nautiloid calcareous spire and a large, open cuticular body-whorl; pleuropodia . extremely large, Gastropteride, p. 39. ccc. No teeth; shell a flattened open spiral; head and back shields subequal, the pleu- ropodia reflexed partly over them, Aglajide, p. 48. The accompanying diagram expresses:the general relationships of the families of Cephalaspidea, as understood by the writer. Vil — . § con 2 3 ss 3 Hee ao ca = 28 = 2s aS Sos Bes ce S os. 5 Ret ~ —_ + 3 Sse ee ee) a) =n gd 32 3 8 eS ae aa} Gee 275 =i © ee |S md Wes & ® ine “ob & | Philinide <0 6§ 1 PS | ~_~ a | | f | | | Scaphandride. ! Approximate phylogeny of the families of Cephalaspidea. The group of families on the left side are the most primitive of recent Tectibranchiata; the median and right hand groups being far more specialized, and more remote from the Notaspidea and Anaspidea. A phylogenetic table of the shell-bearing Opisthobranchs has been given by M. Cossmann in a work of great merit, ‘‘ Essais de Paléo- conchyliologie Comparée” (1895), derived mainly from his studies of the fossil forms. The great discrepancy between the results obtained by the distinguished French author and myself, are in part trace- able to the widely different material studied, and in part to the fact that Tectibranchs, like Pulmonates, are singularly non-committal in the characters of the shel/. In fact, I feel that it is not extreme to state that the shells alone, in either group, are totally inadequate to express the affinities of families and genera. In so many groups are the shells more or less degenerate, so many are the cases of parallel or converging development of the shells, that conclusions based upon them alone, without a knowledge of the soft anatomy for a primary guide, are practically valueless for the appreciation of the affinities of genera and families, either in Tectibranchiata or Pulmonata. There can be no doubt, however, that paleontology will prove of great value in supplementing the evidence of comparative anatomy ; and the best results can only be obtained by a union of the two methods. PHILINID®. 1 Family PHILINID. Philinide Fiscuer, Man. de Conch. p. 563. Shell capable of containing but a small part of the body, entirely internal, covered by the reflexed and united mantle ; whitish, fragile, open from in front or below, consisting of 2 to 1 whorls; spire sunken or absent ; aperture extremely large, the outer lip often produced in a lobe or point above. Body oblong, the head-shield having no tentacular processes, pro- vided with sessile eyes or without them ; foot truncated or rounded behind; parapodial lobes very large and conspicuous, more or less folded over the back. Radula lacking central teeth ; laterals large, uncini few or none. Formula varying from 6:1:0°1°6 to 1:01. The family Philinide is most nearly allied to Secaphandride, but differs in having the mantle reflexed and closed over the shell, in lacking rhachidian teeth, and in the degeneration of the shell as a protective armor. Synopsis of Genera. Genus PHILINE Ascanius. Shell spiral and moderately developed ; foot about two-thirds the length of body, obliquely truncated. ; Genus? PHILINOPSIS Pease. The characters given by Pease are quite insufficient to show the position of the group. It may belong to Aglajid@, which see. Genus CHELIDONURA A. Ad. Shell small, rudimentary, uncoiled ; foot long, rounded behind ; epipodial lobes long; mantle with two tail-like appendages ; head with three groups of bristle-bearing tubes. Genus CRYPTOPHTHALMUS Ehrenb. Shell small, rudimentary, uncoiled ; foot as long as body, rounded behind; parapodial lobes large, as long as foot; mantle without tail-like appendages; head lacking bristle-like sense-organs. 1 2 PHILINE. Genus PHILINE Ascanius, 1772. Philine Ascantus, K. Vet. Ak. Stock. Handl. 1772, p. 329. —Bullea Lam., Syst. Anim. s. Vert. p. 63, type B. planciana Lam., —P. aperta L. (1801).—Lobaria MutuEr, Zoologie Danice Pro- dromus, p. 226 (1776).— Utriculopsis M. Sars, Nyt. Mag. f. Natur- videns., 1870, xvii, p. 177 (see p. 16).—Colpodaspis M. Sars, Bidr. Kundskab. Christianiafjordens Fauna, ii, p. 74 (1870).—Colobo- cephalus M. Sars, t. ¢., p. 54, type C. costedlatus M. Sars, pl. 11, f. 7-14.— Ossiania Monrts., Nom. Gen. e Spec. p. 147, type P. quad- rata 8. Wood (1884).—Hermania Monts., /. ¢., type P. seabra Mill. —Phyline and Philina of some writers. +Laona A. Ad., Johania Monts. and Megistostoma Gabb. Shell ovate or squarish, thin and fragile, smooth, spirally striate or punctate, or latticed, translucent, pale colored ; consisting of few loosely convoluted whorls, which are entirely open from below ; spire sunken; aperture very large, broadly effuse below, the outer lip retracted joining a wide sinus above. Columella thin, arcuate, type P. aperta L. Animal much too large to be included in the shell. Head disk oblong, large, without eyes: parapodial lobes fleshy and erect ; foot obliquely truncated behind, the shell and mantle projecting beyond it. Mantle reflexed and completely united over the shell. (Pl. 3, figs. 58, 54, P. aperta ; pl. 4, figs. 77, 78, P. pruinosa). Gizzard (pl. 9, figs. 6 from above, 7 lateral view) containing three lozenge- shaped plates, with the inner face convex, outer face concave and pierced by two foramina (pl. 9, f. 1-3, P. aperta). Sometimes giz- zard-plates are rudimentary or absent. Radula without rhachidian teeth, the laterals large, erect, claw- shaped ; uncini 0 to 6, small, narrow, and curved acicular when pre- sent (pl. 9, figs. 4,5 P. aperta; fig. 10, P. pruinosa). The names Lobaria and Bullea are absolute synonyms, being founded upon the type species of Philine. Utriculopsis, Colpodaspis and Colobocephalus were based upon the young of various species of Philine, although I believe that the last-named has not been ident- ified as yet with any adult form. The dentition of Colobocephalus as figured by the younger Sars (see pl. 9, fig. 8) agrees well with that of Philine. Sometus Férussac (Tab. Syst. p. xxx) and Blainville (Malaco- logie, p. 478), Sorme of Adanson, has sometimes been placed in the PHILINE. 3 synonymy of Philine, but a reference to Adanson’s work shows it to be a doubtful synonym and practically useless. G. O. Sars has proposed an arrangement of the Scandinavian Philines based upon the nature of the gizzard-plates, which may be calcified or cartilaginous, and the presence and number of uncini ; and his scheme forms an admirable basis for the classification of the entire genus. Monterosato proposes several sectional groups based on shell contour and sculpture, but as these features change gradu- ally as we pass from one species to another, the names he gives are hardly worth retaining. If sectional names are required the follow- ing scheme may serve until a study of the anatomy of all the species still unexamined, gives ground for a natural classification. Section PHILINE s. str. Shell smooth or with spiral strize or dot-series; type P. aperta. Includes Hermania Monts., type P. seabra; Ossiania Monts., type P. quadrata Wood; Megistostoma Gabb, type P. striata Gabb not Desh.,=P. gabbi Cossm. (Cretaceous). Section Laona A. Adams. Shell with latticed sculpture. Contains at present two species only : P. pruinosa Clark and P. zonata A. Ad. Section Jonanta Monts. Shell with an external pumice like reticulated layer. Type P. vestita Phil. No otherspecies are known to belong to this group. coe Te oy Subgenus Patiine Ascanius. I have above expressed the opinion that the sections Hermania and Ossiania are no aid to a right comprehension of the internal relationships of this genus. As to Megistostoma, the type specimen before me shows no departure of value from typical Philine, except that the sculpture is not quite like that of any recent species. ‘The evidence of a thick inner lip is most unsatisfactory ; the posterior lobe of the lip is more produced than in the average P. aperta, but probably not more than extreme forms of that species. It is broken off in the type, and so appears more rounded than it really was. The following table is slightly modified from Sars. It is much to be desired that those species not yet sufficiently known to be inserted herein, be examined and their positions indicated. 4 PHILINE. Partial Key to Species of Philine. a. Gizzard-plates distinct, calcareous. b. Uncini 1 on each side, rudimentary ; shell spirally chain- striate, oblong: scabra, catena, lovent. bb. No uncini; shell wider. ce. Shell spirally striolate. d. Striate delicate, wavy, close: finmarchica, ossiansarst, fragilis, japonica. dd. Striz thick, opaque: cingulata. ec. Very smooth ; no spiral strive: aperta, infortunata. aa. Gizzard-plates rudimentary, cartilaginous; 2 uncini on each side; shell with spiral series of oblong rings: punctala, angul- ata. aaa. Gizzard-plates entirely wanting. b. Uncini strong, hamate. c. One uncinus on each side; shell very smooth, oblong nitida. cc. Two uncini on each side ; shell spirally chain-striate. d. Shell ovate: quadrata. dd. Shell oblong: lima. bb. Uncini delicate, exserted, little curved. c. Six uncini on each side. d. Shell latticed : pruinosa. dd. Shell striated lengthwise: flexuosa. cc. Two uncini on each side; shell very smooth: velutinoides. P. ARGENTATA Gould. Unfigured. Shell square-ovate, compressed, very thin, lucid, with the luster of tale; concentrically waved and engraved with transverse silvery lines. Apex indented and calloused ; lip widely standing out be- hind, subtruncate in front; columella with a distinct fold. Length 6, diam. 5 mill. Very much like P. scutulum Lovén, except in its sculpture. Distinguished from P. vitrea by its offstanding lip and silvery grooves. (Gid.). Hakodadi Bay, Japan, 2-6 fms. (Stimp.): Philine argentata Gup., Proc. Bost. Soe. vii, p. 189 ; Otia, p. 111. P. acurancuLa A. Adams. Unjigured. Shell rather squarely ovate, white, thin, somewhat truncated be- hind; transversely sulcate, the sulci excavated-punctate; last whorl PHILINE. 5 with subparallel sides ; aperture open; lip-edge semicircular, with the hind angle incurved, produced and acute. (Ad.). Gulf of Lian-tung ; Hulu-Shan Bay (Ad.). P. acutangula Ap. Ann. Mag. (3), ix, p. 161. The nearest approach to this species is P. scutudum Lovén; but the produced sharp hind angle of the outer lip will serve readily to distinguish it. (Ad.). P. TRUNCATISSIMA Sowerby. PI. 2, figs. 19, 20. Shell short, subquadrate, subcompressed, thin, diaphanous, marked with distant concentric opaque lines which are angular in front; aperture very wide in front, widely truncated; outer lip angular. (Soub.). Habitat unknown. Philine truncatissima Sows., C. Icon. xviii, pl. 1, f. 5a, b. This transparent little species is remarkable for the truncated character of the widened anterior, producing an angle on the lower part of the outer lip; which is beautifully indicated by the opaque white lines delineating the edges of former outer lips. (Sowd.). P. saponica Lischke. Pl. 2, figs. 23, 24 (type); figs. 17, 18 (striatella Tap.-Can., enlarged). Shell square-ovate, thin, milky or bluish-white, generally pellucid below; sculptured with irregular, low growth-wrinkles and close, fine spiral impressed lines, sometimes subobsolete below. Vertex narrow, rather deeply umbilicated, showing one whorl; body-whorl with a shallow, wide spiral depression in the middle and another above it. Aperture extremely large, broad, effuse and subtruncate below, deeply sinused above; outer lip prominent and obtusely angular at the junction of the lightly arcuate outer and basal mar- gins, produced in a widely rounded lobe above the vertex. Col- umella deeply and equably arched, margined by a slight groove. Alt. 12-18, diam. 10 mill.; alt. 14, diam. 113 mill. Bay of Yedo (Lischke) ; Yokohama (Magenta). P. japonica Liscuk®, Malak. Blatter, xix, p. 105 (June, 1872); Jap. Meeres-Conchyl. iii, p. 77, pl. 5, f. 138, 14.—P. striateldla Tar.- Can. Zool. del Viaggio intorno al Globo della R. Fregata Magenta, Malacol., p. 109, pl. 2, f. 9, 9a (shell), 96 (dentition) ; 1874. 6 PHILINE. The squarish form and close, simple stri# are characteristic, though in some specimens the grooves are rather irregular and more spaced, and subobsolete on the base. Often there is an ap- pearance of two or three faint, more hyaline bands on the back. Occasionally the grooves of the outer surface project as slight raised threads inside the shell, as Lischke describes for P. sealpta Ad. The dentition according to Tapparone-Canefri, is after the formula 1-0-1, laterals denticulate. The gizzard-plates of specimens collected by Frederick Stearns are well calcified, two of them large, subtriangular, with a slight swelling on the middle of the long side, ends attenu- ated; the third is shorter, much narrower and fusiform. P. stria- tella T.-C. is undoubtedly synonymous; the type measured 14 x 113 mill., exactly the dimensions of a specimen collected by Stearns. P. scateTa A. Adams. . Pl. 2, figs. 21, 22. Shell oblong ovate, white, thin, semipellucid ; subplicate length- wise, the folds irregular, engraved by wavy, transverse, distant im- pressed lines. Aperture ample; columellar margin thin, acute; lip regularly arched, rounded posteriorly. (Ad.). Bay of Yedo (Lischke) ; Tsu-Sima 30 fms.; Corea Strait, 46 fms. (Ad.). P. scalpta Av., Ann. Mag. N. H. (3), 1x, p. 160 (Feb., 1862).—-Lis- CHKE, J. M.-C. ii, p. 171; iii, p. 76, pl. 5, f. 15, 16.—ef. P. seulpta (sic), Tap.-Can., Viag. Magenta, p. 109. Bulla exarata Ph., or Haminea sinensis A. Ad., is the only species resembling this in sculpture; but the form is very different; the body-whorl in that species is large, and the outer lip narrowed pos- teriorly and greatly produced. (Ad.). Lischke has figured this species from specimens collected in the Bay of Yedo, and gives the following notes: These have much similarity to P. japonica in form, especially in the proportion of the convolute portion of the shell to the extremely wide aperture ; but the shell is thinner, narrower, equably and less strongly convex than in P. japonica; the spire is only superficially sunken, the columella without bordering groove, the outer lip not so much extended above. Especially different is the sculpture, which here consists of coarse, irregular growth-strize and more deeply cut, less wavy spiral grooves, more widely spaced, with broader smooth girdles between. These grooves are so deep in comparison with the thickness of the shell that they form fine raised lines on the interior of the aperture. PHILINE. 7 P. crenata A. Adams. Unfigured. Shell ovate, white, slightly solid; somewhat angular behind; transversely deeply sulcate, the sulci transversely excavated-punc- tate, their margins crenate. Aperture dilated; columellar margin obliquely truncated in front; lip semicircular, a little produced be- hind and rounded. (Ad.). Tsu-Sima 30 fms.; Korea Strait, 46 fms. (Ad.). P. crenata AD., 1. c. p. 160. No species has been described resembling this, which is nearly as large as P. coreanica. The edges of the transverse grooves are conspicuously crenate, and the puncta or pits are transversely oblong. (Ad.). P. srrioLATA A. Adams. Unfigured. Shell small, ovate, white, thin, semipellucid, rounded behind ; plicate lengthwise, transversely striolate, the striole close and very fine; aperture dilated; columellar margin arcuate; lip regularly semicircular, produced and rounded behind. (Ad.). Tsu-Sima, Japan, 30 fms. (Ad.). P. striolata Av., Ann. Mag. N. H. (3), ix, p. 161. In form this little species most nearly approaches Bullea pruinosa Clark, from the British Seas; but in sculpture it is entirely differ- ent, being very finely transversely striated. (Ad.). P. conEANICA A. Adams. PI. 2, fig. 15. Shell subquadrately oval ; outer margin rather straight, its upper angle truncated ; spire rather elevated. (Ad.). Corean Archipelago, on mud flats (Ad.). Bulla (Philine) coreanica A. Av., Thes. ii, p. 601, pl. 125, f. 166 (shell) —B. coreanica Avs. & Rve., Zool. Samarang, Moll. p. 65, pl. 18, f. 3 (animal).—P. coreanica Sows. in Conch. Icon. xviii, f. 3. P. virrea Gould. Unfigured. Shell of moderate size, fragile, glassy, pellucid and iridescent ; roundly ovate, depressed, marked with sinuous concentric waves. Apex opaque, hardly indented, showing one whorl. Aperture very ample; lip rounded above; columella acute, foldless, openly show- ing the interior of the shell. Length 10, breadth 8, dorso-ventral alt. 3 mill. (Gld.). Hong Kong (Stimp.). 8 PHILINE. Philine vitrea Gip., Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., vii, p. 1389, (Oct. 1859); Otia Conch., p. 111. P. ornrENTALIS A. Adams. PI. 2, fig. 16. Shell ovate-rounded, subinvolute, white, solid, shining ; no spire; aperture large, spreading in front; lip semicircular, the upper angle produced and rounded. (Ad.). This species has somewhat the form of P. aperta, but wants the transverse impressed groove seen in that species; the plates of the gizzard, moreover, are produced at each end into long, slender pro- cesses, somewhat similar to those of P. schreteri, the shell of which is very different in form. (Ad.). Lat. 6° 54’ N., long. 122° 18’ E. Off Malanipa, Basilan Strait, Philippines, 10-20. fms. (Challenger). P. orientalis A. Ap., P. Z.S., 1854, p. 672.—Sowp. in Conch. Ieon., xviii, pl. 2, f. 11.—Warson, Chall. Gastr., p. 672. P. anaast Crosse & Fischer. PI. 3, figs. 59 (type), 57, 58. Shell oblong, longitudinally very delicately wrinkle-striate, thin, pellucid, shining, hyaline-milky ; apex rounded, a little concave in the middle; convex outside, subcylindrical, spirally convoluted within. Aperture very ample at base, the outer margin semicircu- lar, simple, acute, extending some above the apex. Interior covered with a white, pellucid, very thin callus in adults. Alt. 30, diam. 20 mill. Stomach plates very solid, looking like a cocked hat. (C. & F.). St. Vincent’s Gulf and Port Jackson (Angas) ; Torres Strait (Bra- zier) ; New Zealand (Hutton). Bullea angasi C. & F., Journ. de Conch., 1865, p. 38, pl. 2, f. 8. —Philine angasi Ancas, P. Z. §., 1865, p. 189; 1867, p. 227.— Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, ii, p. 88.—Sowp. in Conch. Icon., xviii, pl. 1, f. 4—Wartson, Chall. Gastrop., p. 671.—Hvr- Ton, Journ. de Conch., 1878, p. 41. This species has repeatedly been declared identical with P. aperta, but it seems to have the lip less angular above than usual in that species, and the stomach-plates are probably different, judging from the brief remark of C. & F. to the effect that they are very solid “et affectent l’apparence d’un chapeau a cornes.” One would hardly say this of the plates of P. aperta (pl. 9, f. 1, 2, 38, 6, 7). At PHILINE. 9 all events the matter merits further investigation before the conser- vative malacologist can be satisfied to declare the Austral and North Atlantic forms identical; and in this connection the alleged occur- rence of P. aperta or schroeteri in the Philippines needs confir- mation. Watson (/. c.) retains angasi and aperta distinct. P. cAuRINA Benson. Unfigured. Shell ovate-oblong, white, very thin, papery, transversely elegan- tly and most minutely striatulate; aperture auriform, narrowed above, patulous below; lip rising above the vertex; spire none. (Bens.). Tinghae, Chusan (Dr. Cantor). Bullea caurina Bens., Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. xxiv, 1855, p. 128. The part of the body-whorl which is visible when the aperture is turned towards the observer, is small in proportion to the mouth. The summit of the shell resembles the same part in Bulla naviwm and B. solida, but the outer lip is destitute of the fold where it rises above the apex, which appears in those species; resembling in this respect B. ampulla. ‘The thinness of the inner lip locates this shell in Bullea. Its being internal, probably accounts for the state of Dr. Cantor’s specimens from the contraction of the cooked animals, compressing the very fragile shells. The same circumstance may: have occasioned the want of success met with in the search for liy- ing examples. (Bens.). P. eRyTHR#@A H. Adams. PI. 3, fig. 60. Shell subquadrate-oval, thin, semipellucid, sculptured with dis- tant transverse lines; aperture ample, dilated in front, the columel- lar margin thin; lip rounded behind, margin arcuate. Alt. 8, diam. 6 mill. The gizzard of this species has the plates deeply ser- rated on the edges (H. Ad., P. Z. S., 1872, p. 11, pl. 3, f. 11, [shell] lla [gizzard plate]). Red Sea (McAndrew). This is “P. erythreensis=aperta” of Cooke (Ann. Mag. N. H. [5], xvii, p. 133). It has been stated to be indistinguishable from P. aperta, but there seems to be a strong differential feature in the ser- rated gizzard plates, those of aperta being smooth at the edges. I do not know whether P. vail/anti is identical with this or not, but in 10 PHILINE. the absence of information leave it independent for the present. It is a larger shell than this. P. vAILLANTI Issel. Unfigured. Shell oblong, longitudinally unequally wrinkle-striated, thin, fragile, a little shining, milky-transparent, translucid, with clear bands; convex outside, ovate; inside spirally convoluted ; apex ex- cavated or perforate ; whorls 1-14; aperture large, the outer mar- gin strongly arcuate, simple, acute, projecting a little above the apex ; inner margin having a very thin whitish callus. Alt. 27, diam. 20 mill.; alt. 24, diam. 19 mill. (Jsse/). Suez, ete., (Issel). P. vaillanti Issru, Mal. Mar Rosso, p. 166, (1869).=B. angast Vaillant, J. de C., 1865, p. 110, not of C. & F. Compare P. aperta and P. erythrea. P. apertTA Linné. PI. 3, figs. 47 to 56. PI. 9, figs. 1, 2,3 gizzard plate; 4,5 radula; 6 mouth, radula-sack and stomach seen from above; 7 seen from the side. Shell squarish-oval, depressed in front, very thin and fragile, semitransparent, glossy and iridescent; sculpture, plait-like and irregular lines of growth and a few extremely slight and more ir- regular spiral lines, which latter are not discernible except with a lens and at certain angles of light; the texture examined under a microscope resembles curdled milk; color whitish, with sometimes two or three clear streaks across the back; spire very loosely coiled, with the nucleus extremely small and concealed by a shelly deposit from the hinder lobe of the mantle; it is always more or less in- dented, and in the young is slightly umbilicate ; mouth roundish- oval, of enormous size compared with that of the convoluted portion and occupying seven-eighths of the under surface; it is obliquely truncated above and rounded below; outer lip dilated, with a sinu- ous and very thin edge; the upper part slopes outwards and projects considerably beyond the spire; inner corner receding and acute- angled; inner lip spread over the pillar, and forming at the angle where it meets the outer lip, a thick and shapeless callus; pillar sharp and flexuous; there is no umbilical groove or depression. (Jeffr.). Alt. 21, diam. 17 mill. PHILINE. 14 Norway tothe Canaries and Cape Verde Is.; Mediterranean; low water to 50 fms; Cape of Good Hope ; (Chemnitz, Krauss); Quer- amba Is. and Inhambane, E. Africa ; (Peters). Bulla aperta L., Syst, xii, p. 1183.-—Bullea aperta Lam., Anim. s. Vert. vi, p. 30.—Philine aperta Fornes & HAN Ley, Hist. Brit. Moll., ii, p. 539, pl. 114e, f. 1; pl. uu, fi 1—JeErrreys, Brit: Conch., iv, p. 457, v, pl. 96, f. 8—Htpaxeo, Mol. Mar. Esp., pl. 21, f. 6, 7—Mryer & Mostus, Fauna Kieler Bucht, p. 77, f. 1-6.— Buaq., Daurz. & Doutr., Moll. Rouss., i, p. 540; pl. 63, f. 10-15.— VAYSSIERE, Rech. Moll. Opisto., p. 33, pl. 1, f. 18-21.—Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., pl. xi, f. 15, (anatomy), and of authors generally. See Arch. Zool. Expér., iv, 483, for account of double monsters.— Phylina quadripartita Ascantus, K. Vetensk. Ak. Stock. Handl., 1772, p. 329, pl. 10, f. A, B—Cuenu, Manuel de Conch., i, p. 392, f. 2972.—A. Ap., Thes. Conch., p. 599, pl. 125, f. 159.—Lobaria quadriloba MuLuER, Zool. Dan., iii, p. 30, pl. C, f. 1-5.—Lobaria quadrilobata GMEL., Syst. xiii, p. 8148.—Bullea planciana Lam., Syst. An. s. Vert., p.63.—Puit., Enum. Moll. Sicil., ii, p. 94, pl. 20, f. 3—Bullea schroeteri Putu., l. c. p. 94, pl. 20, f. 2.—Krauss, Stidaf. Moll., p. 70.—Philine schroetert A. Av., Thes., p. 600, pl. 125, f. 160.—Brazrer, Proce. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii, p. 88.— Bullea capensis Prr., Krit. Register zu Mart. & Chemn., p. 93.— Philine capensis Martens, Monatsber. K. P. Akad. Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1879, p. 738.—Amygdala marina PLANcus, De Conchis minus notis, pp. 21, 103, pl. 11, f. d-g—Bulla candida MULLER, (teste Jeffreys).— Bulla bulla DaCosra, Hist. Nat. Test. Brit. p. 30, pl. 2, f. 38, (1778).— Bulla emarginata J. ApAms, Trans. Linn. Soc., V5 L800; p. 2) pl. 1, -f. 9=11, P. aperta L., typical, may be retained for the shells from Cape of Good Hope (type locality) and European Seas, with the synonymy given above. B.schroeteri Phil. (fig. 50) and B. capensis Pfr. are synonyms of the Cape form, the other names belong to the European form, which, if it should prove distinct, will be called P. quadripar- tita Asc. P. planciana Phil. (pl. 3, f. 47, 48, typical figures, and fig. 49) is a synonym of this. Var. patula Jeffreys. Smaller, with the mouth larger and more expanded. Tenby, Dublin Bay, Connemara. (Brit. Conch., iv, p. 458). 1 PHILINE. With this species have been united by many late writers, forms of Philine from the Red Sea, Australia, ete., which so far as the shells are concerned seem to be almost, if not quite inseparable. It remains to be seen whether the dentition and gizzard-plates will offer features differentiating the Atlantic and Mediterranean form from those of the Indo-Pacific. The descriptions of these forms have been given above, but the question of their status is of course, an open one. P. scaBRA Miller. PI. 5, figs. 1, 2, 3. Shell resembling in shape a miniature Scaphander lignarius, but more cylindrical; it is ofa delicate texture, semitransparent, and of a glistening and iridescent lustre ; sculpture, numerous and close-set spiral and parallel rows of minute oval dots which are interwoven and arranged like the links of a chain; some of these rows being intermediate, and apparently squeezed or compressed, at the sides become merely fine lines; the front edge or base of the mouth and top of the outer lip are exquisitely fringed with sharpish points, like short teeth of a comb; color clear white when the shell is ex- tracted from the animal, afterwards becoming milk-white; spire slightly prominent; whorls 3; the body whorl (as usual in this genus) is disproportionately large and voluminous; the other two are small with an indistinct and thickened nucleus; suture deep and channelled ; mouth acute-angled above, and greatly expanded be- low, with a squarish base; outer lip gently curved, folding inwards on the upper part; the top of this lip is below the spire ; inner cor- ner cloven or excavated, so as to cause a disjunction of the suture in front and a partial separation of the body-whorl from the next ; inner lip forming a rather thick and broad glaze. (Jeffr.). Alt. 5-8 mill. Iceland, Greenland and Norway south to the Buy of Biscay; Med- iterranean Sea at Sicily, ete.; Whydah, W. Africa. Bulla seabra Muuu., Zool. Danica, ii, p. 41, pl. 71, f. 10-12.— Philine scabra Forses & HANntey, Hist. Brit. Moll., iii, p. 543, pl. 114e, f. 4,5; pl. VV, f. 1—Jerrreys, Brit. Conch., iv, p. 447; v, pl. 96, f. 1.—Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. p. 294, pl. 18, f. 13a—c.— Scaphander scabra Sows. in Conch. Icon., f. 6.—S. seaber Smita, P. Z.S., 1871, p. 738.—B. pectinata Dittwyn, Descr. Cat. Rec. Shells, p- 481.—“ B. pectinata Muu.” of some authors, not of Miller !— B. denticulata J. Apams, Trans. Linn. Soe., v, 1800, p. 1, pl. 1, f. 3, PHILINE. te 4, 5.—Scaphander catenatus Leacu, Synops. Moll. G. B., p. 40.— Bullea catena and B. catenulifera MacciILuivray, Hist. Moll. Anim. Aberdeen, Kincardine and Banff, p. 68, (1843).—Bullea dilatata SeaRLEs Woop, olim, see Crag Moll., i, p. 181, pl. 21, f. 12a—e— ? Bulla angustata Bivona, Phil., Enum., i, p. 121, pl. 7, f. 17¢.—? B. punctata Putt., /. ¢. il, p. 95. (See under next species).—Scap hander patulus Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid., iv, p. 51.—Bullea granulosa M. Sars, Beskriv. og Lagttagelser, p. 75, pl. 14, f. 86, (1835). Some of the earlier names quoted above are more or less doubtful. It is allied to P. catena, but readily distinguishable. P. cATENA Montagu. PI. 5, figs. 23, 24, 25. Shell oval, compressed and expanding outwards, of delicate but not fragile texture, semitransparent and glossy ; sculpture, numerous and close-set spiral rows of minute links, arranged in a chain-like fashion, which vary in shape from roundish-oval to oblong, besides occasional intermediate lines as in P. scabra; the edge of the mouth (especially at its base and on the upper part of the outer lip) is finely scalloped by the continuation of the spiral sculpture ; color as in the last species ; spire extremely small, but prominent ; whorls 2-3, similar (except in size) to those in the last species ; suture nar- row, deep and channelled; mouth equalling about three-fourths of the circumference of the shell, broadly oval, contracted above by the periphery, with a bluntly rounded (or almost truncated) base ; outer lip flexuous, slightly indented or concave in the middle; the top is level with the spire, the shell being placed mouth downwards ; inner corner cloyen and producing the same partial disconnection of the body-whorl as in the last species ; inner lip forming a broad and thickened glaze. (Jeffr.). Alt. 23 to 4 mill.; the larger forms from northward. Lofoten, Norway and British Seas south to Gulf of Gascony and Canary Is.; Mediterranean and Adriatic Seas; Jaminarian zone. Coralline Crag; Post-pliocene of Calabria. Bulla catena Monrt., Test. Brit., p.215, pl. 7, f. 7—Philine catena Forses & Haney, Hist. Brit. Moll., ii, p. 545, pl. 1148, f. 6, 7; pl. uv, f. 4—JeErrreys Brit. Conch., iv, p. 449; v, p. 224, pl. 96, f. 2.—Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., p. 294, pl. 26, f. 6a-c—Bua., Daurz. & Douur., Moll. Rouss., i, p. 545, pl. 64, f. 21, 22.— Bullea catina Brown, Illustr. Conch. G. B., p. 57, pl. 19, f. 33, 34.—Bul- 14 PHILINE. lea angustata Bivona, Puiu., Enum. Moll. Sicil., i, p. 121, pl. vii, f 17 a, b, d.—Bullea punetata Put., 1. ¢. ii, p. 95 (not of Clarke).— Bullea catenata THorrr, Brit. Mar. Conch., p. 138, pl. 7, f. 81, and of Réquien and Petit.—? Bulla punctata J. ADAMs, Trans. Linn. Soc., v, p. 2, pl. 1, f. 6-8, 1800.—? Bullea punctata Mouurr, Ind. Moll.— Bullea sculpta SEARLES Woop, Crag Moll., i, p. 180, pl. 21, f. 10a-e. Var. zona Jeffreys. Rather more depressed, with a belt of clear white in the middle, taking in from eight to ten of the chain-like rows. Bigberry Bay near Plymouth, and Guernsey. P. LovENI Malm. PI. 4, figs. 83, 84, 85. Shell thin, semipellucid, oblong, rather narrow, wider below, tapering toward the apex, the vertex narrowly truncate, hardly oblique ; spire distinct ; whorls 3. Aperture expanded and obtusely rounded below, much contracted above. Sculpture asin P. scabra; lip edge smooth throughout, not dentate or serrate. Alt. 7 mill. Radula as in P. scabra. Norway. Philine loveni Maio, Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., p. 295, pl. 26; f.:5a—d. P. FINMARCHICA M. Sars. PI. 5, figs. 14, 15, 16. Shell thin and fragile, pellucid, of an oblong-ovate form, dilated in the middle, the vertex obliquely truncate; spire minute, im- pressed ; whorls 2; aperture ample, equably rounded at base and rather expanded, contracted behind, the outer lip slightly concave in the middle; above forming a narrow lobe scarcely produced above the vertex; columella equally concave. Surface sculpt- ured with extremely close simple undulating spiral striz, and less close oblique growth-strie ; edge of lip smooth. Alt. 7 mill. Lateral teeth rather large, with a finely serrulate crest inside; no uncini; formula 1:01. (Sars). Finmark. P. finmarchica Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. p. 296, pl. 18, f. 10a-d. P. osstansarsi Friele. Frontispiece, figs. 19, 20, 21, 22. Form oval, the number of whorls 23-8 are visible on the spire which is depressed and in line with the body-whorl; apex small and PHILINE. 15 not raised; suture shallow round the top whorl, but deepens toward the aperture, and terminates in a rather short and narrow slit; ventral whorl is of a size equal to about half the aperture ; col- umella much curved, mouth large, piriform, expanded and rounded below, contracted above but not pointed ; lip very little sinuous, and somewhat cuncave on the upper part; the inner lip forming a very thin callus on the pillar. Shell thin and white ; sculpture consists of numerous lines of growth and microscopical close-set transverse lines. Alt. 9, diam. 6°5 mill. Cold area, N. Atlantic, Norweg. N. Atl. Exp. 1876, station 18, 400 fms. and station 87, 488 fms. Philine Ossian-Sarsi Frirte, Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenska- berne, 1877, xxiii, 3, p.9,f.19 (shell), 19a, 6 (radula), 19c. (gizzard plate) ; Jahrb. D. M. G. iv, 1877, p. 264.—P. ossiani Kose t, /. ec. footnote. Seems to be amore attenuated species than finmarchica or fragilis, the species most nearly allied. Fig. 22. The teeth (radula) has16 joints. Gizzardis armed with three uncommonly large and stout plates, fig. 21, measuring no less than 6mm. The living animal being 15 mm. long the gizzard consequently measures two-fifths of its length and two-thirds of the shell, (Friele). P. FRAGILIS Sars. PI. 5, figs. 20, 21, 22. Shell very thin and fragile, pellucid, slightly opaline: ovate, rather ventricose, the base widely rounded, vertex truncated by nearly a straight line; spire distinctly impressed ; whorls 3; aper- ture very ample; outer lip flexuose, somewhat projecting toward the vertex, the terminal lobe rather wide, truncated ; columella pro- foundly concave; umbilical impression distinct, linear. Surface sculptured with numerous growth-striz decussated by dense, un- dulating spiral lines. Alt. 11 mill. Lateral teeth having a smooth, not serrate, keel within; no uncini; formula 1:0°1. Vadso, Norway in deep water. P. fragilis Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. p. 296, pl. 18, f. 11a-e. P. cincuLaATA Sars. PI. 5, figs. 4, 5, 6. Shell minute, but less fragile than ordinary, subopaque, quad- rangular-ovate, nearly as wide as long, dilated in the middle; vertex 16 PHILINE. obliquely truncate, the spire impressed, whorls 2. Aperture patul- ous, roundly truncate at base, the outer lip nearly straight in the middle, the posterior lobe projecting a little above the vertex ; col- umella equally emarginate. Surface conspicuously spirally strio- late, strix thick, opaque, formed of a series of many confluent im- pressions; lip edge slightly crenulated. Alt. 2 mill. Lateral teeth of radula having a distinctly serrate crest inside; no uncini; form- ula 1:01. (Sars). Lofoten, Norway, 120-200 fms. Philine cingulata Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. p. 297, pl. 26, f. Ta-c. The comparative solidity, strong sculpture and total lack of un- cini are characteristic. P. InFORTUNATA Pilsbry, n.n. PI. 5, figs. 12, 138. Shell very thin and pellucid, glassy, rotundly-ovate, slightly longer than wide, the base equably rounded; vertex obliquely truncate, narrow; spire distinct, impressed. Whorls 2. Aperture very large and spreading, the onter lip obliquely expanded, con- tinued above the vertex and forming nearly a right angle there. Columella deeply concave. Surface very smooth, rather shining, lacking spiral striz, the growth-strie arcuate and very delicate. Alt. 3 mill. Lofoten, Norway, Philine vitrea G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norvy., p. 298, pl. 26, f. 8a, 6. Not P. vitrea Gould, 1859. Utriculopsis vitrea M. Sars, Nyt May. f. Naturvidens., 1870, xvii, p. 177, pl. 11, f. 15-18 (animal only, exclusive of shell, which= Dia- phana globosa, ef. Manual vol. xv, p. 286) ; Bidr. til Kundskab Chris- tianiafjordens Fauna, ii, p. 65, pl. 11, f. 15 (mot f. 16-18,= Diaphana globosa Lovén). Compare Broceer, Bidr. Krist. Moll. Fauna, p. 40; Zool. Ree. ix, p. 141. The globose form, angularly produced upper lobe of the lip, and lack of spiral strize, are characteristic. The synonymy is not wholly’ satisfactory, but as I have not the means of settling it, I have been content to follow Sars’ view, which is that the elder Sars figured under the name vitrea the animal of this species and the shell of Diaphana globosa. His figures of the latter are copied for com- parison on pl. 3, f. 44,45, 46. See preceding volume, p. 286. PHILINE. 17 P. puncraTa Clark. PI. 4, fig. 69; pl. 9, fig. 9 ( Colpodaspis). Shell oval, convex, but somewhat compressed in the middle, of delicate texture, nearly transparent, and glossy; sculpture, ex- tremely numerous and close set spiral rows of minute rings or im- pressed circular dots, which are not united or chain-like, but appear punctate ; edge of the mouth plain at its base and slightly scalloped at the top of the outer lip; color as in all the foregoing species; spire very small, but prominent ; whorls 2, similar to those of the other species ; suture narrow, deep, and channelled; mouth regu- larly oval, rounded at the base; outer lip flexuous, widely indented or slightly concave in the middle; the top lies somewhat below the spire; outer corner bluntly angulated, and projecting; inner corner cloven and causing a disconnection of the outer whorl from the next ; inner lip narrow, folding over the pillar, behind which is a depres- sion or approach to an umbilicus. (Jeffr.). Alt. 23, diam. 1:9 mill. British Seas (Jeffr.); Floroen, ete., Norway (Sars); Algiers, 35 fms. (McAndrew); Suda Bay, Candia, Aegean Sea, 119 fms. (Forbes); Cape 8. Vito and Palermo (Monts.). Bullea punctata CLARK, Zool. Journ. ili, 339.—Philine punctata Forses & Haney, Hist. Br. Moll. iii, p. 547, pl. 1148, f. 8,9; pl. UU, f. 5.—Jerrreys, Brit. Conch. iv, p. 455; v, pl. 96, f. 5—Ap. in Thes. Conch. p. 600, pl. 125, f. 161.—Sows., C. [con. f. 9—Bullea. alata ForRBES Rep. A¢gean Invert., Rep. Brit. Asso. Adv. Sci. 1843, ~p. 187.—Colpodaspis pusilla M. Sars, Bidrag til Kundskab om Christianiafjordens Fauna, ii, p. 70-74, pl. 11, f. 1-6.—G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. pl. xii, f. 15 (dentition). P. ANGULATA Jeffreys. PI. 3, figs. 41, 42. Shell rhomboidal, depressed, fragile, transparent and glossy ; sculpture, numerous rows of very fine spiral strize, composed of oval and almost microscopic dots, and appearing punctate; the upper part of the body-whorl is angulated or margined by a sharpish keel, between which and the suture is a flattened space marked with 5 of the spiral strie and sloping towards the spire; there is also a tendency to angularity in other parts; edge of the mouth plain or smooth; color clear white, becoming opaque in dead specimens which have been picked out of shell-sand; occasionally one or two transparent zones may be seen, as in the variety of P. catena; spire extremely small, slightly prominent; whorls 2-3, conspicuous; the 2 18 PHILINE. outer edge of each is keeled or ridged ; suture deep and channelled ; mouth squarish, remarkably wide and large, nearly truncated at the base; outer lip forming an obtuse angle at the junction of the front and base ; the top is higher than the spire, and it projects outwards; inner corner deeply and widely cloven, so as to make the disjunction of the outer whorl! from the next very conspicuous; inner lip forming a narrow but thick ledge or fold, behind which is a slight depres- sion. (Jeffr.). Alt. 2°5, diam.1°9 mill. Larne Co., Antrim, Hebrides and Shetland, 60-80 fms.; A ber- deenshire. Philine angulata JeErFR., Brit. Conch. iv, p. 451; v, pl. 96, f. 3. —Sowp. in C. Icon. f. 12. The keeled spire will serve to distinguish this from any other species of Philine having conspicuous spire and chain-like sculpture. P. nrT1pA Jeffreys. Pl. 4, figs. 81, 82; figs. 79, 80. Shell oblong, convex, very thin and fragile, nearly transparent, and of a polished luster; sculpture, none on the body-whorl; but the spire has two keels or ridges, one at the outer edge of each whorl, and the other in the middle, giving this part an angulated appear- ance, color clear-white, becoming opaque in dead specimens; spire flattened, placed somewhat obliquely; -it is quite exposed and occupies the top of the shell; whorls 23, irregularly twisted, but dis- tinct; suture deep and excavated; mouth oval, truncated above, wide and rounded below, its area equals about two-thirds of the under surface; outer lip expanded, squarish at the top, and gently curved in the middle; it is level with the spire, viewed mouth downward, and is below it, viewed mouth upwards; outer corner angular and projecting; inner corner considerably receding and acute-angled ; inner lip forming a broad glaze on the upper part, and reflected on the pillar; there is no umbilical groove or de- pression. (Jeffr.). Alt. 1°8 mill. Skye; Haroldswick Bay, Unst ; Ulfsfjord and Tromso, Norway. Philine nitida JEFFR., Brit. Conch. iv, p. 456; v, pl. 96, fig. 7.— Philine sinuata Stimps., Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. p. 298, pl. 26, f. 9a—c. Jeffreys’ figures would hardly justify the union of his species with that of Sars, but the description leaves little doubt of their identity. PHILINE. 19 Compare P. sinuata Stimp. The keeled vertex, exposed spire and lack of spiral striation are its more prominent features. P. sInuATA Stimpson. Frontispiece, fig. 23. Shell minute, ovate, white, pellucid, longitudinally striated ; spire conspicuous; aperture dilated in front. Alt. 1°75, diam. 1:25 mill. (Stimps.). Broad Bay, Boston Harbor, 4-7 fms., sand. Philine sinuata Strmp., Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. iii, p. 333 (1850) ; Shells of New England p. 51, pl. 1, f. 7—GounLp-Biyney, Invert. Mass. p. 213, fig. 502. Evidently allied to P. nitida Jeffreys, but the crown is not acutely keeled as in that form, and is narrower. P. quADRATA S. Wood. PI. 5, figs. 17, 18 19; pl.3, fig. 43. Shell squarish-oval, convex, contracted or compressed on the upper part below the spire, and bluntly angulated in the middle; it is not very thin, is semitransparent, and when fresh of a glistening luster; sculpture, numerous rows of fine spiral strise, which are com- posed of minute oval dots and appear punctate ; these strix are irreg- ularly disposed, being in some parts more close together than in others, and they here and there form intermediate and slight lines; the upper part of the body-whorl is thickened and rounded, and the middle is furnished with a blunt and slight spiral rib, which is usu- ally visible also within the mouth; the top of the outer lip is deli- cately scalloped; color white, crystalline when extracted from the animal ; spire small, more or less sunken ; apex obscure ; whorls 2— 3 rounded ; theinner ones are minute; suture deep; mouth broadly oval, contracted above by the periphery, and expanded below, with the base obliquely curved and somewhat truncated; it occupies about two-thirds of the underside of the shell; outer lip nearly straight in front and forming an obtuse angle at the junction of that part with the base ; the top is rather higher than the spire, and pro- jects outwards; outer corner bluntly angular or rounded; inner corner receding and acute-angled, but not exhibiting any further disjunction of the outer whorl from the next; inner lip broad and thick. (Jeffr.). Alt. 7-8 mill. Northern British Seas ; Scandinavia; Greenland ; off New Eng- land; Bay of Biscay (Jeffr.) ; off Fayal, 50-90 fms., and St. Miguel, Azores, 100 fms. (Chall.); St. Helena, 50-80 fms. (Capt. Turton). 20 PHILINE. Bullea quadrata Woop, Ann. N. H. (a. ser.) ili, p. 461, pl. 7, £1; Crag Moll. i, p. 179, pl. 21, fig. 9—Philine quadrata Fores & Han ey, Hist. Brit. Moll. iii, p. 541, pl, 1148, f. 2, 3—JErrreys, Brit. Conch. iv, p. 452; v, p. 224, pl. 94, fig. 4; Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), vi, p. 318.—Smiru, P. Z. S., 1890, p. 297.—P. quadrata var. grandis Leche Kongl. Sw. Vet. Akad. Handl. xvi, p. 75, 1878.—Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. p. 299, pl. 18, f.9; pl. xii, f. 7—Sows., C. Icon., f. 13.—GouLp-Bryney, Invert. Mass. p. 213, f. 503—-Wartson, Chall. Gastr. p. 672.—P. scutulum Loven, Ind. Moll. Scand., Ofvers. Kongl. Vet-Akad. Forhandl. 1846, p. 9; Ab. in Thes. Conch., p. 601, pl. 125, f. 164—Sows. in Conch. Icon. f. 6.—P. formosa STIMP., Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. iii, p. 834; Shells of New England, p. 51. Leche indicates a var. grandis, alt. 10, diam. 73 mill., from the Kara Sea. P. MONTEROSATO!I Jeffreys. PI. 4, fig. 65. This shell resembles P. quadrata, but is more transparent, ordina- rily larger, and has a system of sculpture of great beauty. Itisalso distinguished by the aperture which is rounder, and by a visible groove extending from summit to the median part of the shell. (Monts.). ‘ Adventure’ Bank, Mediterranean, 92 fms. (Jeffr.) ; Palermo and St. Vito (Monts.); Marseilles (Marion); Gulf of Gascony (Hiron- delle). P. monterosatoi Jeftr. MS., Monts., Not. Conch. Medit. p. 55; Journ. de Conch. 1874, p. 281.—DAuTzENBERG, Mém. Zool. Soc. France iv, 1891, p. 613, pl. 16, f. 3. P. uma Brown. PI. 5, figs. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11. Shell not fragile, rather solid, narrowly oblong, the base wider and obtusely rounded, the vertex narrow; spire distinct, more or less raised, sometimes almost mamillate. Whorls 3-4, separated by a narrow suture; aperture narrowed above and remote from spire, below a little dilated; outer lip slightly sinuous, appressed above, hardly lobed; columellaa little concave. Surface sculptured with spiral pairs of scalloped lines forming a chain, alternating with other more appressed lines ; edge of the lip smooth. Alt. 7 mill. or less. (Sars). Ulfsfjord, north of Tromso, Norway; Cape Cod to Grand Manan; Palermo ; (Monts.). PHILINE. ill Utriculus lima Brown, Ill. Conch. G. Brit., p. 58, pl. 19, f. 39, 40.—Philine lima Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Nory., p. 300, pl. 18, f. 12a-f— Bulla lineolata Coutu., Bost. Journ. N. H., ii, p. 179, pl. 3, f.15, (1839) ; Amer. Jour. Sci., xxxvi, p. 389, (1839).—GLp., Invert Mass., i, p. 169, f. 99.—DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 16, pl. 38, f. 334.— Philine lineolata St1mp., New Engl. Shells, p. 51—Gup.—Biny., Invert. Mass., p. 214, f. 504.—Lecue, Kongl. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1878, p. 76. P. rLeExuosa M. Sars. PI. 4, figs. 86, 87, 88, 89. Shell ovate, white, pellucid, thin, much contracted and slightly sinuate above; growth stris very dense, spiral striz obsolete and distant. Spire minute; whorls 6, impressed, slightly umbilicate. Aperture widest in the middle, produced and rounded below, nar- rowed above; outer lip arcuate, slightly pressed inward and sinuous above, then produced, projecting a little way above the vertex, sep- arated by a narrow sinus from the columellar margin. Columella sinuate-arched, rimate, covered with a thin callus. Alt. 10, diam. 7 mill. Aasgaardstrad, w. side Gulf of Christiania (Sars) ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. (Blake). Philine flecuosa M. Sars, Nyt. Mag. f. naturvidens. xvii, p. 181, pl. 11, f. 23-26; Bidrag til Kundskab om Christianiafjordens Fauna, pp. 69, 70, pl. 11, f. 23-26; Christ. vid. Selsk. Forh., 1858, p- 85.—G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. p. 303, pl. xii, f. 13 (dentition).—Datt, Bull. M. C. Z., xviii, p. 59. P. VELUTINOIDES G.O. Sars. PI. 5, figs. 26, 27, 28. Shell very thin and fragile, extremely pellucid, hyaline, of a peculiar ovate triangular form, the length and breadth nearly equal, narrowed and rounded towards the base, wider and truncated at vertex ; spire distinct, obliquely impressed ; whorls 25, the first half- globular, suture deep. Aperture spreading, the outer lip much ex- panded and arched, upwardly projecting above the vertex in an obtuse, rounded lobe; columella slightly concave, bearing a thin, reflexed callus, spreading over part of the ventral surface and partly covering the narrow umbilicus. Surface very smooth, shining, without spiral striz, but with very delicate, arcuate growth-lines. Alt. 2°7 mill. (Sars). , Lofoten, Norway. 22 PHILINE. Philine velutinoides Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., 1878, p. 302, pl. 26, f. 10a—e. The wideness of the upper part is peculiar and unusual, and lends much probability to the view that Utriculus ventrosus Jeffr. (Dia- phana ventricosa Jeftr., Vol. XV, p. 284) may be the same. In that case, velutinoides will become a synonym of Jeffreys’ species. P. povaris Aurivillius. Pl. 3, figs. 59, 40. Shell very thin, fragile, pellucid, oblong-ovate ; whorls 3-4. Aper- ture ample, expanded at base, contracted above, the outer lip more appressed than in P finmarchica. Surface covered with spiral, very delicate pairs of lines, scalloped chain-wise. Alt. 3, diam. 2°5-2 mill. Radula with the formula 2°1:0°1:2, laterals and uncini eden- tulous, of equal length. (Auriv.). N. of Siberia, lat. 73° 5’, E. long. 144° 20’, and 73° 28’, 164° 10’, 8-9 fms. P. polaris Aurtv., Vega-Exped. Vetenskapliga Iaklagelser, iv, pp. 371, 380, pl. 12, f. 21, 22 (shell) ; pl. 13, f. 18 (radula). Shell has most similarity to P. finmarchica. but the radula is more like that of P. quadrata except that the laterals apparently have no serrate crest. A more proper grouping of the species geograph- ically would bring it among the N. Pacific forms, but faunally the Arctic Sea is allied more to the N. Atlantic. P. MEMBRANACEA Monterosato. I do not know that a description or figure of this form has been published. The diagnoses of Mediterranean forms of Tectibranchs and Polyplacophora in Carus’ Prodromus Faunz Medit. are such a maze of blunders that the work is not worth quotation; but this form is not mentioned therein. Coast of Algeria 207 fms. (Jeffr.); Gulf of Naples (Acton) ; Palermo 60-90 meters (Monts.). P flecuosa Sars, Monts., Nuova Rivista, p. 48; Enum. e Sinon., p- 52. Not P. flexuosa M. Sars.—P. membranacea Monrts., Bull. Soc. Mal. Ital., vi, p. 78. P. srRiaTULA Jeffreys. Resembles P. punctata Clark in size, but differs in the spire, sys- tem of sculpture and the more dilated aperture. (Monts.). PHILINE. 23 Aun. Mag. N. H. (5), vi, p. 318; Rep. Br. Asso., 1873, p. 114, as Utriculus striatulus. See Nuova Rivista, p. 48, and Journ de Conch. 1874, p. 281. Still undescribed, unless the preceding note by Monterosato be called a description ; and originally mentioned as a Utriculus by in- advertence. Reported thus far from off coast of Algeria 207 fms. (Jeffr.), Palermo and St. Vito, 90-200 meters (Monts.), and Bay of Biscay (Jeffr.). P. virrEA Monterosato. Undescribed; unfigured. Palermo, 90 meters. Nuova Rivista, p. 48. A nude and preoccupied name. P. rnFUNDIBULUM Dall. Unfigured. In the multiplicity of species of Philine this one is best described by a comparative diagnosis. The soft parts externally are whitish, and resemble P. quadrata and P. finmarchica as figured by G. O. Sars. It is nearest P. quadrata so far as shell characters go, and belongs to the group of species which have the spire entirely im- mersed and the posterior junction of the outer lip descending upon it in asort of spiral. The shell is thin, pellucid, and finely closely spirally striate. It differs from that of P. quadrata chiefly by its larger size and the much smaller proportion wrapped in the body- whorl. The soft parts though larger, are remarkably like those of P. quadrata, but in that species the ventricular plates are wanting. In the present species they are present and of large size, the large (right) plate being lozenge-shaped, whitish and slightly concave on the side of insertion, covered with a convex, polished nearly smooth brown coating on the interior, which is generally worn away by friction toward the center. The small plates are nearly the shape of half the large one partly hollow and without granules. They resemble on the whole, the plates of P. angulata Jeffreys as figured - by Sars (loe cit., t XII, fig. 16d), but are larger, longer, and more pointed at the extremities. The adult shell comprises about two whorls, maximum length 12:0, max. breadth 9.0 mm. The large plate measures about 4°0x8°0 mm. The axis of the shell is wound in a wide pervious spiral, and the body-whorl viewed from below extends about half way across the base from side to side, and two- thirds the distance from the apex to the front edge. (Dall, Blake Gastr., Bull. M. C. Z., xviii, p. 57, 1889). 24 PHILINE. Of Bahia Honda, Cuba, in 220 fms.; near St. Kitts in 245 fms., sand ; off Gaudelupe in 175 fms., sand; off Dominica in 372 fms., sand ; off Dominica 138 fms., near Barbados in 118 to 209 fms. Bottom temperatures ranging from 48° to 64° F. This seems to be a rather common species from the frequency with which it was taken. It differs entirely from P. sagra Orbigny, and is wider and squarer than P. candeana Orb., in which, moreover, the spire is represented as visible for two turns at the apex. (Dall). P. pLanatTa Dall. Unfigured. Shell resembling that of P. aperta Linné, but flatter, smaller, more quadrangular, with a shorter and smaller body whorl, more polished surface, and with an impressed spiral line near the apex which extends to the margin, where it marks a slight sinus, behind which the posterior margin is prolonged into a rounded prominent point. The shell is brilliantly polished and smooth except for lines of growth, but near the apex are a few microscopic faint spirals invisible without a lens. The spire is wholly immersed and makes in all about one and a half turns. The ventricular plates are formed like those of P. infundibulum, and not like those of P. aperta. The outer surface of the right plate has two longitudinal blackish lines. The two small plates are somewhat more arched than in P. infundibulum. The inner or triturating surface is similar in both. The length of the largest shell observed is 11°5 and its breadth 9°0 mm. The soft parts are in general much the same as in P. aperta, but the cephalic lobe extends farther back and the foot is rounder, flat- ter and less rolled up at the sides. As seen from below the body whorl of the shell equals only about one-sixth of the total width. Off Dominica in 138 fms. ; off Barbados in 140 to 209 fms., bottom temperature 50° to 56° F. The species is readily distinguished from any other of the group by the posterior point, which, though smaller, recalls that of Cheli- donura Adams. The soft parts, however, have no resemblance to the very peculiar figure of Quoy and Gaimard. _P. amabilis Ver- rill is much nearer P. aperta, from which, as far as the shell is con- cerned, it chiefly differs by being a little narrower than the average aperta. ‘The species are, however, quite variable in this respect. (Dall. Blake Gastr., p. 58). PHILINE. 25 P. saara d’Orbigny. PI. 4, figs. 61, 62, 63. Shell oblong, thin, fragile, loosely spiral, depressed, wide and truncate below, rather narrowed and truncate above; covered with spiral lines of small oblong rings placed end to end, alternating with a waved stria following the intervals of the rings, and giving the appearance of a chain (fig. 62); spire embraced, not umbilica- ted, but forming a projecting disk. Aperture very wide, the interior of all the whorls visible therein; lip thin, crenulated. Uniform white. Alt. 3, diam. 13 mill. (Orb.). Martinique on the strand (Candé) ; St. Thomas (Riise) ; off Hat- meteras lo fmes. (US; BF. C.): Bulla sagra Ors. Moll. Cuba, i, p. 123, pl. 4, f. 5-8, (1841).— Philine sagra Morcua., Mal. BL, xxii, p.175.—VerriL1, Tr. Conn. Acad., vi, p. 467, pl, 45, f. 16, 16a.—Da.u, Cat. Mar. Moll. S.-E. U.S., p. 88, pl. 41, f. 16, 16a. P. amasiuis Verrill. Unfigured. Shell very thin, diaphanous, delicate and shining with bright iri- descence; very large for the genus, and very open, showing the in- terior of the spire, broad oblong, with rounded ends; outer lip evenly rounded posteriorly and scarcely projecting beyond the spire; apex occupied by a shallow pit. Sculpture, conspicuous wavy lines of growth and microscopic wavy spiral striae over the whole sur- face. Length of shell 15, breadth 10 mill. Odontophore with a large hook-shaped inner lateral tooth on each side, and a slender spiniform outer one. Gizzard large, with three calcareous plates. Station 876, several living specimens. (Verril/, Amer. Journ. Sci. {3], xx, p. 398). Off Martha’s Vineyard, in 120 fms. P. cANDEANA @’Orbigny. PI. 4, figs. 70, 71, 72. Shell uniform white, ovate, thin, fragile, much depressed, trans- versely striate when viewed under a lens; spire very obtuse ; whorls 2; columella dilated within, acute; aperture very large, dilated above and spreading. Alt. 12 mill. Guadeloupe (Candé). Bullea candeana Orx., Moll. Cuba, i, p. 119, pl. 4, f. 1-4.—Phi- line candeana Morcu, Mal. BI., xxii, p. 175. 26 PHILINE. Section Laona A. Adams. Laona Av., Anu. Mag. N. H. (3), xv, p. 324 (April, 1865). P. zonata A. Adams. Unfigured. Shell dull white, ornamented with two wide transverse red-brown bands ; latticed with close, delicate, crenulated longitudinal lamel- lee and concentric strive. (Ad.). Osima and Yobuko, Japan (Ad.). Laona zonata A. Ap., Ann. Mag. N. H. (8), xv, p. 324, (April, 1865). This species is type of the group Laona, reckoned to be of generic rank by Adams, and thus defined :— “Shell semiovate, thin, rimate, roughened by lamellose growth striz ; spire concealed ; last whorl large and rounded ; aperture ainple, oblique; roundly-oval ; lip receding, arcuate ; inner lip sim- ple. The British Bulla pruinosa belongs to the same group, which offers the peculiarity of a decussate surface. The form of the shell is also so different from that of any other division of Bullide that I consider it desirable to point out the significance of these shells by giving them a distinctive name. The animal is unknown.” P. pruinosa Clark. PI. 4, figs. 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78. Shell oval, tumid, but compressed or pinched in below the apex, more solid than any of its congeners, nearly opaque, glossy in the young only; sculpture, numerous strong and irregular longitudinal wrinkly strize (fringed at their edges) and finer spiral strive, which by intercrossing give the surface a reticulated and frosty aspect, or that af lace work ; the reticulation is less distinct in full grown spe- cimens; the very young have spiral rows of circular dots as in P. punctata ; edges of the mouth plain; color white, with frequently a broad tawny band round the middle and a tinge of the same hue on the upper part; these markings are rather evanescent, and ap- pear to be superficial; spire very small, sunk below the apex or crown, which is considerably thickened; whorls 24. irregularly twisted and indistinct; suture deep and excavated; mouth oval, contracted above by the periphery and inflexion of the outer lip; curved below; it occupies about two-thirds of the under surface; outer lip flexuous, widely indented in the middle, and bending in- wards above ; edge often thick ; the top slightly exceeds the crown PHILINE. ii in height ; outer corner rounded; inner corner receding and acute angled; inner lip broad and rather thick on the upper part, occa- sionally forming in the middle a tooth-like process or fold (in one specimen converted into a cluster of minute pearls), behind which is a distinct umbilical groove or depression. (Jeffr.). Alt. 6 mill. Northern British Seas; Norway. Bulla pruinosa CuaRK, Zool. Journ., iii, p. 339.— Philine pruinosa Forbes & Hanley, Hist. Brit. Moll., iii, p. 549, pl. 114, f. 1, 2.— JEFFREYS, Brit. Conch., iv, p. 454; v, pl. 96, fig. 6—Sars, Moll. ‘Reg. Arct. Norv., p. 301, pl. 18, f. 8a, b, e—B. (Philine) pruinosa Ap., in Thes., p. 600, pl. 125, f. 162.—P. pruinosa Sows., in C. Icon. f. 10.—Laona pruinosa Ap., Ann. Mag. N. H. (3), xv, p. 324.— Philine granulosa M. Sars, teste G. O. Sars. The latticed sculpture distinguishes this species from others of the N. Atlantic. Var. dilatata Jeffreys. Nearly smooth, more expanded and some- what angular at the sides, and abruptly attenuated towards the crown. Alt. °75, diam. ‘05 inch. (Jeffr.). Section JOHANIA Monterosato. Johania Monts., Nomenclature Generica e Specifica di alcune Conchiglie Mediterranee, p. 147, type B. retifera Forbes=B. vestita Phil. (1884). P. vestita Philippi. PI. 4, figs. 66, 67, 68. Shell oblong, loosely convoluted, tapering towards the spire; lacking transverse strisee; brown, covered with a white net-work ; spire truncated, umbilicate. Alt. 10, diam. 6 mill. (Phil.). Palermo and St. Vito (Monts.) ; dgean Sea (Forbes). Bulla vestita Paiu., Enum. Moll. Sicil., ii, p. 95, pl. 20, f. 4, (1844).— Bulla (Scaphander) vestita A. Ap. in Thes. Conch., p. 574, pl. 121, f. 48.—S. vestita Sows. C. Icon., f. 7.— Bulla retifer ForBEs, Rep. Ag. Invert., in Rep. Brit. Asso. Adv. Sci. for 1843, p. 187, (1844).—Philine retifera Monts., Journ. de Conch., 1874, p. 281. Peculiar in its netted ornamentation. The name given by Phil- ippi was accompanied by figures. The preface of the Enumeratio Molluscorum Sicilie bears date ‘ August, 1843,” while the title page 28 COLPODASPIS. is dated 1844, so that the volume was probably issued early in the latter year. Forbes’ very brief diagnosis has never been illustrated, and was presented at the August meeting of the British Associa- tion, the Report of which bears date of 1844 on the title page. While the absolute priority of Philippi’s name cannot, perhaps, be proven, it is at least probable; and the mere fact that his type was well illustrated in a standard work on malacology should give his name the preference. The animal is unknown. Monterosato sur- mises that it may not be an internal shell, on account of the peculiar nature of the outer layer. Genus? COLPODASPIS M. Sars, 1870. Coipodaspis Sars, Bidrag til Kundskab om Christianiafjordens Fauna, IJ, p. 74.—Garsrane, P. Z. 5. 1894, p. 664 (1895). “Shell internal or wholly covered by the mantle, bulloid, thin, subglobose-ovate, spire a little projecting, depressed, apex truncate, nucleus simple, not mamillar” (Sars). For characters of softs parts see below. The genus was founded upon a small mollusk of problematic relationship, which Fischer has suggested may be a young Philine, which disposition of it was followed on preceding pages (2, 17) of this work. Garstang’s work upon a specimen recently captured by him shows it to possess features notably different from Philine, and indeed from any Cephalaspidia; and his paper has, therefore, been incorporated herein. C. pusILLA Sars. PI. 21, figs. 1-5; pl. 9, fig. 9. Shell rimate, very thin, but rigid, hyaline, becoming whitish when dried, subglobose or ovate, smooth; whorls 3, the last one large; spire very short and obtuse; aperture large, oval or subpyriform ; lip acute, arched, not impressed, produced and rounded in front; columella nearly straight, about half as long as the shell. Alt. 1%, diam. 1 mill. Drébak, Norway, 70-80 fms. (M. Sars, Aug., 1864); 20 fms. (Sars, June, 1865); Horten, 14-20 fms. (G. O. Sars); near Ply- mouth, England, 15 fms. (Garstang, Feb., 1894). Mr. Garstang’s description is as follows: This Plymouth individual was one-eighth of an inch (3°125 mm.) in length. In color it was snow-white, speckled with opaque white spots. When the animal/was inverted, a position which it frequently COLPODASPIS. 29 assumed in captivity in order to creep, after the maaner of so many Nudibranchs, along the surface-film, a large glandular mass of an orange color could been seen through the skin in the anterior part of the posterior prolongation of the mantle, where this organ lay be- neath the foot. This glandular mass of an orange color in all prob- ability represents the “ rounded brownish-yellow mass ” observed by Sars in a similar position and termed by him the liver. The ante- rior edges of the foot, the dorsal and posterior edges of the tentacles, and parts of the ventro-lateral region of the mantle were ciliated. The animal consists of a foot, a small tentaculated head, an elev- _ated globose body, and a posterior tail-like pallial appendage. The Foot.—Sars states that the foot is well developed and of about the same length as the mantle; that in front it is as broad as the mantle, but becomes considerably narrower behind, and termin- ates in an obtusely rounded extremity. He further states that its anterior edge is divided in the middle by a deep incision into a pair of lappets with rounded extremities. These statements are perfectly borne out by his figures (pl. xi, figs. 1, 4); but comparison with those supplied by myself shows that asomewhat different interpreta- tion must be made of the anterior parts of the foot. The two lappets, which in Sars’ figures are shown to be directed forwards, are not really, as he maintains, the divaricated halves of the anterior part of the foot, but are rather to be regarded as a pair of expansions of the antero-lateral margins of the foot, analogous to the anterior horns of the foot in many Aeolids, but differing from the latter in their greater size and obtuse extremities (Pl. 21, fig. 2). Sars’ figures also indicate that they are capable of being directed forwards ; but I never observed them in this position myself, and must regard the condition represented in my figures as more normal than the former. These antero-lateral processes are so considerable that, in view of the affinities indicated by other organs of Colpodaspis, I am strongly inclined to regard them as homologous with those pleuro- podial expansions so frequently met with among Opisthobranchiate mollusks. This view receives strong support from the fact that in Haminea hydatis of the Mediterranean (which appears to be a differ- ent species from the hydatis of British naturalists) the pleuropodia, according to Roulé, are scarcely developed except on the sides of the anterior region of the body. Here to judge from Roulé’s figure they form elongated obtuse flattened expansions of the foot remark- ably like those of Colpodaspis, differing only in their greater size and in the power of retro-flexion over the back of the body. 30 COLPODASPIS. The foot, upon this interpretation, must accordingly be described as T-square shaped, with gracefully arched anterior wings and rounded extremities, and of about the same length as the shell-bear- ing portion of the mantle. The median furrow of its plantar surface is shown in my drawing (fig. 2) to have the same extent as in Sars’ specimens. The Head.—The grooved tentacles in my opinion correspond with Sars’ description, except that no mention is made in the latter of a low curved ridge which can be seen in my figure 1 crossing the ante- rior part of the head from side to side and connecting the postero- dorsal edges of the two tentacles with one another. The eyes also are much closer together in the Plymouth individual than they are represented to be in Sars’ figures; and the statement of the latter that they are situated “close behind and within the base of the tentacles’? cannot be said to be applicablein the present case. Ido not, however, think that any great importance should be attached to those slight discrepancies. When Oolpodaspis pusilla is creeping upon a flat surface, the antero-lateral horns of the foot are just perceptibly in advance of the tentacles (fig. 1); but when the creature is swimming inverted at the surface of the water the tentacles are then seen to be consider- ably in front of the horns of the foot (fig. 2). The Body.—I have no addition to make to Sars’ account of the body proper, except that in the Plymouth specimen the edges of the pallial siphon were more closely opposed than seems to have been the case with Sars’ individuals. . Pallial appendage-—W hen the animal is creeping upon the bottom of a vessel, a broad flattened tail-like appendage projects behind the mantle and seems at first sight to be the posterior section of the foot. Examination of the animal from the ventral aspect, how- evers, reveals that this appendage is in reality a posterior prolonga- tion of the hinder margin of the mantle to the morphological left of the pallial siphon (fig. 2). In Philine catena also, according to Roulé, the mantle terminates posteriorly in a convex margin, a little below which are two fleshy prolongations, “which can be mistaken for the posterior border of the foot when the animal is contracted.” His figures unfortunately do not show this point at all well (pl. i, fig. 25), and Forbes and Hanley’s figure, though clearer, does not seem to represent the anatomical relations correctly (1. e., pl. UU, fig. 4.) COLPODASPIS. 31 In Philine aperta the plantar surface also consists both of foot and mantle; but this part of the mantle does not correspond with the pallial appendage of Colpodaspis, as it contains the viscera and shell. If it be examined, however, from the ventral aspect, the pallial siphon is seen on the left hand, as in Colpodaspis (fig. 2), and to the right of the siphon, the mantle is seen to be prolonged into a short free membranous border, which overhangs the siphonal groove and even extends slightly behind it. The relations of this slight expan- sion are such that I think it may be regarded as the rudimentary, or probably vestigial, representative of the pallial appendage of Co/- podaspis. ' Radula.—This organ was not described in Sars’ original paper, but a figure of it was given (without description) in a later work by G. O. Sars (see pl. 9, fig. 9). There is a single admedian series of sickle-shaped denticles on either side, and two series of slender later- als, the formula thus being 2°1°0:1:2._ I was unable to lay open the contracted radula of my specimen, owing to its excessive minute- ness; but I determined that the rows in the radula were from 25 to 30, and isolated individual denticles and half-rows by teasing with needle. Some of these are drawn as figure 3 of my Plate. The admedian denticles of this radula differ from those figured by Sars in presenting a sharp distinction between their terminal and prox- imal parts. The handle of the sickle shows an angular projection from its inner or concave edge, like the corresponding denticle in Colobocephalus costellatus as figured on plate 9, fig.8. The lateral denticles also furnish an additional point of resemblance be- tween the radule of these two types in that their points are slightly bent in a plane at right angles to that of their general surface, so that, when the denticles are mounted flat upon a slide, their points are directed upwards towards the observer. Shell.—Sars has described the shell so accurately that I have noth- ing to add to his description ; but my figures being on a larger scale, represent its form and wonderful delicacy rather better. Summary.—On the whole, I think this Plymouth specimen pre- sents features which indicate a slight advance on the organization of those described and figured by Sars. I may mention its greater size (3:125 mm. as compared with 2°5 mm.), the greater differentation of the tentacles, pallial siphon, and admedian denticles, and perhaps some increased extension of the free margin of the shell. Affinities—Sars was not quite certain whether Colpodaspis be- longed to the Opisthobranchia at all, and was much impressed by 32 COLPODASPIS. the fact that the foot is attached to the body by a somewhat narrow stalk—a feature which it shares with most Prosobranchs. Gwyn Jeffreys even informed him that he was inclined to consider Colpodaspis as the young of Cypraa europea—a view which now, at any rate, can no longer be entertained. In spite of our ignorance of the anatomy of Colpodaspis we may, however, as a result of the above observations, be certain that Colpodaspis is a true Opisthobranch. It resembles various Cephal- aspidea in the pleuropodial expansions of its foot (cf. Haminea), in the posterior appendage of the mantle (Haminea, Philine), in its inflated shell (Haminea, Utriculus), and in its radula (Philine). On the other hand it resembles the Notaspidea, and differs from the above types of Cephalaspidea, in the great extent of the mantle and in the form of the head and tentacles. In the latter point it again resembles the Anaspidea, for in the young Aplysia, as I have often observed, there is only one pair of tentacles (the anterior one) for a considerable period, and these are grooved just as in Celpodaspis and Pleurobranchus. These various points of resemblance are all explicable if we regard Colpodaspis as a very primitive type of Tectibranchiate mollusk, belonging indeed to the Cephalaspidea, but retaining in an unspecialized condition an unusual number of those primitive characters which the common ancestors of the Cephalas- pidea and Notaspidea alike possessed. It supplies an indubitable con- necting-link between these two great subdivisions of the ‘Tecti- branchia; but it belongs to the group Cephalaspidea, in spite of the inappropriateness of the name, owing to its acquisition of pleuropodial expansions and a_ posterior pallial appendage—two associated features which are especially characteristic of this group. The question still remains open whether or not the creature de- scribed by Sars and myself has assumed its adult features. Fischer has suggested that Colobocephalus costellatus and Colpodaspis pusilla are possibly only young stages of Philine or of neighboring genera of Tectibranchs, owing to the radula in these two types resembling very closely the radula of certain species of Philina (velutinoides, lima, angulata). This theory, however, is in my opinion, altogether untenable in the case of Colobocephalus, which, beyond the radula, presents no particularly cephalaspidean, or even Opisthobranchiate, features. The probability, on the other hand, that the Philinidze have been derived phylogenetically from a Colpodaspis-like ancestor is sufficiently great to render Fischer’s view in this case worthy of COLOBOCEPHALUS. 33 consideration. The white color of the body and the early enclosure of the shell by the mantle support this view; but the fact that all the specimens so far taken, which have been captured at such differ- ent times of the year as June, August, and February, have been practically identical in structure, and have shown no special approach towards the adult organization of Philine, seems to me to render the view improbable. ‘The possession of a similar raduia by so different a creature as Colobocephalus rather minimizes than supports the view which Fischer has expressed. Fig. 1, Colpodaspis pusilla, from Plymouth. Dorsal view of the animal creeping upon a flat surface; enlarged. F. Foot; M. Mantle enclosing shell; P. Pallial appendage; S. Pallial siphon. Fig. 2, Ventral view of same, as creeping inverted on the surface- film. Pl]. Pleuropodial expansion; T. Tentacles. Fig. 5, Half row of radula-denticles. Figs. 4, 5, The shell, much enlarged. Genus? COLOBOCEPHALUS Sars, 1870. Colobocephalus M. Sars, Bidrag til Kundskab om Christiania- fjordens Fauna, II, p. 56. Shell subauriform, very thin, submembranous, with inconspicuous epidermis or none; spire small, the suture deep; aperture very large ; ends of peristome disunited ; columella flexuous; no oper- culum. Animal not completely retractile into the shell; head with vertical revolute tentacular processes; no tentacles; eyes sessile on neck ; foot with anterior-lateral processes, the sole large and oblong, trun- cated behind, having a median lengthwise furrow ; mantle not re- flexed over the shell. Radula as in Philine. A form of problematic relationships, which Fischer surmises may be the young of Philine. C. cosTELLATUS M. Sars. PI. 21, figs. 6-12 ; pl. 9, fig. 8. Shell pellucid, colorless, somewhat rigid (when dried ashy-whit- ish, subpellucid, shining), subglobose, wider than high; whorls 3, the last large, ornamented with low, narrow, longitudinal, somewhat sigmoid riblets. _ Spire very short and obtuse. Aperture longitu- dinal, ovate; columellar lamina very thin, revolute over the wholly covered umbilicus, then visibly narrowed, produced, and continued 3 34 CHELIDONURA. in the outer lip which is acute, very thin, arcuate and in the middle subimpressed ; posteriorly it is produced in a rounded lobe, separ- ated from the body of the shell by a profound sinus. Alt. 2, diam. 2% mill. Drobak, 70-80 fms.; Vallé 200-250 fms. Colobocephalus costellatus M. Sars, /. ¢., pl. 11, f. 7-14. Fig. 6, animal from above, magnified 10 diameters, showing head- processes, anterior lobes of foot (pleuropodia), and truncate tail. Fig. 7, animal from below. Fig. 8, lateral view. Figs. 9-11, the shell. Pl. 9, fig. 8, half row of radula denticles. Genus CHELIDONURA A. Adams, 1850. Chelidonura Av., Thes. Conch., ii, pp. 561, 601.—Chelinodura FiscHeR, Manual de Conchyl., p. 564.— Hirundella Gray, Figures of Molluscous Anim. iv, p. 95, type “ H. hirundinaria” (1850); Guide Syst. Dist. Moll. B. M., p. 193. Shell concealed in the mantle, small, ear-shaped, thin and fragile, subspiral, composed of one whorl; aperture very large, rounded be- low, the outer lip produced far above the vertex in a long, acute, curved process. Animal elongated, the front margin of the head-disk armed with bristle-like sense-organs, its posterior lying over the back in a long tongue-like lobe. Mantle produced behind in two tail-like pro- cesses; foot truncate and subauriculate in front, rounded behind, the mantle-appendages projecting behind it ; parapodial lobes long, curving over the head-shield and back. Dentition unknown. Type C. hirundinina Q. & G. This genus differs from Philine in the more reduced shell, the peculiar sense-organs of the head, the long posterior mantle-processes and brilliant coloration of the animal. The species are from Mau- ritius and east Australia. C. HIRUNDININA Quoy & Gaimard. Frontispiece, figs. 15, 10; Pl. 2, figs. 25, 26, 31-35. Shell small, fragile, entirely open; white; right margin flat, winged, acute posteriorly. This singular Bulla is an inch long. The head presents three little bunches of short bristles in front. The posterior append- age, bifurcate in the other species, has no lobes, but ends in a simple lanceolate tongue, extending over the back. A transverse CHELIDONURA. 385 groove separates the posterior part of the body, which terminates in two long filaments resembling the tail of a swallow. Mantle [parapodial lobes] reflexed on each side, embracing head and body. Color so dark that the eyes are not visible. The shell, contained in the thickness of the mantle, is very small, thin, very open, slightly spiral. Gill placed far back on the right side, forming the are of a circle, with its ramifications on the convex side. Ground-color very deep blue; top of the head, back, median line of posterior tails and mantle-edge have a line of greenish-blue or emerald. One individ- ual out of forty has a whitish cross on the back, and all the blue lines are edged with a line of gold. Isle of France, (Mauritius) ; Fouquets, at low water. Bulla hirundinina Q. & G., Zool. de l’Astrol. p. 367, pl. 26, f. 20- 25.—B. (Chelidonura) hirundinina A. Ap., in Thes., ii, p. 601, pl. 125, f. 167, 168.—Chelidonura hirundinina Martens in Mobius’ Reise nach Mauritius, p. 305, pl. 21, f.5,6— Hirundella hirundina- ria GRAY, Figs. Moll. Anim., p. 95. The specimens collected and drawn by Prof. Mébius are described as follows (pl. 2, figs. 31-35) : When creeping 25 mill. long. Head with three low lobes, the middle one lower than the others, behind prolonged in a tongue- shaped lobe which lies over the back as far as the region of the heart. The posterior segment of the body is higher and broader than the head. It extends in two acute, laterally compressed ap- pendages, which are outwardly convex, inwardly concave ; the left appendage is larger than the right. The foot has lateral lobes which extend up over the back to the median line or lap over a lit- tle. One specimen (fig. 31) was brownish-black ; the head brownish- red above, with an encircling red marginal line. On the back were two long, brown tracts, bounded by red lines. The posterior body also has a brown middle tract bounded by red, extending in two points upon the terminal appendages, and two lateral tracts. Along the red lines run blue-green lines. On the head there is a triangu- lar yellow-white spot with fine black dots. A smaller lunate spot of the same color is on the hind end of the tongue-like head-lobe, and behind this a similar, larger spot on the back. Below and in front of the latter the heart was seen to pulsate. A second specimen (fig. 32) was bluish-black with yellow spots, more numerous on the back than on the ventral side; the reflexed foot-margins on the back haying a narrow clear green edge. 36 CHELIDONURA, CRYPTOPHTHALMUS. The snail crawls slowly, the posterior appendages usually being dragged straight out behind. On the front of the head on each lateral lobe and the neighboring sinuses stood numerous peculiar sense organs, appearing under the lens like bunches of bristles. They consist of flexible conical tubes (fig. 34, x 25, and figs. 33, 38, x 300) on the blunt distal ends of which is a bunch of many fine hairs. The free end of the tubes can be drawn in. Under the base of the bunch of hairs is an egg-shaped ganglicn (fig. 35) in which a nerve ends. The free end of the tube is exserted appar- ently by its circular muscles, or perhaps by ingress of blood. C. apamsi Angas. Vol. XV, pl. 59, fig. 14. Head furnished in front with a short silky fringe; mantle ter- minating behind in two long bifurcate filaments, foot elevated on each side, embracing the head and mantle, rounded both in front and behind; color velvet-black, with a white crescent on the hinder part of the mantle; the head and the outer edge of the foot are bordered with a line of brilliant blue; a line of the same color, bifurcated in front, extends down the back, and the posterior fila- ments are ornamented in the middle with a similar line; parallel with these blue lines, and at a short distance from them, are lines of a gold color; and spots of the same appear above the white cres- cent on the back, and at the bifurcation of the posterior filaments. Shell internal, very small, thin, flat, with the right border termina- ting ina point. Length 2 inches. (Ang.). Rock-pool at low water at Vancluse Bay, Port Jackson. ©. adamsi Anc., P. Z. S., 1867, pp. 116, 227, pl. 13, f. 32. This species may be identical with the individual alluded to by Quoy as having been met with at the Mauritius among numerous specimens of his Bulla hirundinina, but which was not described by him. I have named it in honor of my friend, Mr. Arthur Adams, the founder of the genus Chelidonura. (Angas). Genus CRYPTOPHTHALMUS Ehrenberg, 1831. Cryptophthalmus EHRENB. Symb. Phys. Evert. Shell internal, minute, white, fragile, the left margin incurved in the middle, but not enrolled; body whorl expanded, produced in a pointed process above. Body elongated ; head shield small, truncate in front, bilobed be- hind, bearing minute, sessile eyes on its anterior surface; foot as CRYPTOPHTHALMUS. 37 long as the body, its sides produced in large parapodial lobes which fold over the back. Gill small, projecting backward from under the shell on the right. Male orifice near the foot edge on the right side in front. Female orifice in front of the gill, below the tubu- lar anal opening. Dentition unknown. Type, C. smaragdinus Leuckart. C. sMARAGDINUS Leuckart. PI. 6, figs. 29-36. The animal is beautiful emerald green mingled with light green marking. The shell is 8 mill. long, covering the gills, and covered by a delicate mantle-layer. It is fragile, thin, translucent, white. The side margins are only slightly curved toward each other, with- out whorls or columella. The two broad, thick, free laterai para- podial lobes may be reflexed over the back, entirely closing over the gill. The free end of the gill, similar to that of Aplysia, may project behind the shell. Tentacles wanting. Head shield distinct, raised, two-lobed behind. In front, above the mouth, there is on each side a small eye, not visible in the specimens preserved in spirit. The body on each side of the head shield and within the parapodial lobes, has a ‘series of short oblique folds. Ventral sur- face more or less convex. Genital openings and anus as in Aplysia. Length of body two inches. In alcohol they measure one inch. Red Sea at Tor and Suez; Mauritius; Reunion. Bulla smaragdina Rurprey & LeucKkart, Neue wirbellose Thiere des Rothen Meeres (in Atlas zu der Reise im nordlichen Af- — rika von Eduard Rtippell, Erste Abtheil. Zoologie), p. 26, pl. 11, f. 2 a-d (1828).—Cryptophthalmus olivaceus EHRENBERG, Symbols Physics, seu Icones et Descriptiones Animalium Evertebratorum, ete., Decas prima, Mollusca, pl. 1, f. Il A.G.—B. ( Crypt.) olivacea A. Ap. in Thes. ii, p. 598, pl. 121, f. 56.—Cryptophthalmus smarag- dinus MARTENS, in Mobius’ Reise nach Mauritius, p. 3065. When contracted, the animal assumes a globular shape (pl. 6, fig. 31, anterior view; fig 30, dorsal view). In fig. 56, the lateral lobes are separated. The nameless species mentioned by von Martens as being near the genus Cryptophthalmus, in Beitrige zur Meeresfauna der Insul Mauritius u. der Seychellen, p. 348, pl. 21, f. 7, is a Haminea. C. cYLINDRIcUs Pease. PI. 2, figs. 36, 37, 38. Shell unknown. Animal elongate, cylindrical, smooth, sides nearly parallel. Cephalic disk short, about one-fourth the entire 38 CRYPTOPHTHALMUS. length of the animal, depressed, subcordate, triangular, convexly truncate in front, posteriorly separated by a fissure into two lobes, eyes deeply immersed in the cephalic disk, inconspicuous from above, their position being indicated by small pale spots, they can be distinctly seen by turning up the sides of the disk. The lateral lobes closely envelope the body, extending from the head to the ex- cretory tube, the left one overlapping the right; excretory tube at the posterior end of the body, short convolute. There is no groove between the lateral lobes and the locomotive disk. Color dusky olive, margins of the cephalic disk paler than centrally, and foot paler than above. When disturbed, the animal contracts itself as- suming a spherical form. Its motions are languid. Station on sea- weed in shallow water. (Pse.). Tahiti, on seaweed. Crypt. eylindricus Psx., P. Z. S. 1861, p. 245; Amer. Journ. Conch. iv, p. 74, pl. 7, fig. 7. Section PHANEROPHTHALMus Adams, 1850. Phanerophthalmus A. Av., Thes. Conch. ii, pp. 559, 599.—Xan- thonella Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim. iv, p. 95 (1850). Shell small, white, wholly buried in the mantle; entirely open, the spire indicated by an incurved hook on the middle of the left margin ; lip prolonged in a point above. Animal large, elongated, with foot as long as the body. Cephalic disk short, bearing distinct sessile eyes, bilobed behind ; parapodial processes large, reflexed and meeting over the back. Male orifice anterior, female posterior. The parapodial lobes are rather smaller than in Cryptophthalmus, and the eyes more posterior. C. LuTEUS Quoy & Gaimard. PI. 2, figs. 27, 28, 29, 30. Shell small, fragile, white, oval, open, not spiral; right margin sinuous and acute. Body much elongated, rounded; head shield emarginate in front, rounded at the sides, with two short posterior lobes; foot widened in front, then constricted, rounded behind; parapodial lobes long, curved over the back where they meet in a sinuous groove and a small hiatus behind. Eyes small, black, widely separated. Gill posterior, to the right, not visible externally. A groove joining the genital openings is on the same side. Shell contained within GASTROPTERON. 39 the back above the gill; it is very small, white; oval, entirely open, without trace of a spire except the hook on the left margin. The lip is prolonged in a curved point above. It is entirely sulphur yel- len. Copulation always reciprocal. Length (of shell) 6, diam. 4 mill. Port Dorey, New Guinea, on Zostera, at low water mark. Bulla lutea Q. & G., Voy. de l’Astrol. ii, p. 369, pl. 26, f. 40-44. Family GASTROPTERIDZ&. Shell wholly covered, consisting of a minute nautiloid, calcareous spire and a large open last whorl of very delicate membrane or cuticle. Body elongated, the fore part bearing a head shield, hind part nude, short, sack-shaped, the mantle edge conspicuous along the right side. Foot long, its borders produced in extremely wide lat- eral wings or pleuropodia. Stomach without plates; penis sack not grooved, and with a long prostate. Radula with the formula 5:1:0°1°5, the teeth as in Philine. This family is characterized by the enormous size of the lateral extensions of the fuot, which are used as swimming organs, instead of being folded over the back as they are in the preceding groups. The shell, moreover, is non-calcified, excessively thin and membra- nous except the minute spire which is white, calcareous and invo- lute. It will be remembered that the young of some other shield | headed Tectibranchs use the parapodia for swimming. Genus GASTROPTERON Kosse, 1813. Gastropteron J. F. J. Kosse, De Pteropodum ordine et novo ipsius Genera, p. 10 (1813).—VaysstERF, Rech. Zool. et Anat. sur les Moll. Opistobranch. du Golfe de Marseille, i, p. 39.—Brreu, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 201.—FiscuEr, Journ. de Conchyl., 1890, p. 349.—Gasteropteron of some authors.—Gasteroptera Buarnvy., 1825.—Parthenopia OKEN, Lehrbuch der Zoologie, 1815, i, p. 830.—Sarcopterus RAFINESQUE, Specchio delle Sci., ii, p. 11, (1814). Generic characters those of the family. Type G. rubrum. Gas- tropteron swims rapidly by means of its large parapodial lobes which are used as wings. Three species have been described: G. rubrum Raf. (meckelii of authors), of the Mediterranean and ocean coast of France, in which 40 GASTROPTERON. the head-disk, foot and wings are purple, orange-red or rose, more or less maculated with whitish, head-disk and wings white-edged, sole paler, and mantle with a posterior filament. G. pacificum Bergh, of the Aleutian Is., which is pale yellow flecked with reddish throughout, the mantle with no filament or flagellum behind, and G. sinense A. Ad., which has not yet been adequately described, but seems nearest to G. rubrum. G. RUBRUM Rafinesque. PI. 7, figs. 1-10; pl. 8, figs. 11, 12, 13, 16. General color varying from red-purple to pale rose, sometimes with some spots of bluish-white; on the periphery of the head-disk and the parapodia there is an iridescent blue border. The ventral surface of the foot proper is always paler in color than the rest of the body. Mantle having a posterior filament. Jaws small. Rad- ula with the formula 5:1:0°1°5. Shell nautiloid, microscopic, cal- careous and very hyaline. Length, 20-24; breadth, 25-30 mill., or smaller. Mediterranean, Afgean and Adriatic Seas; Archachon basin, Gi- ronde, 50-120 meters. Gastropteron KossE, De pteropodum ordine et novo ipsius genera, 1813, p. 10-16, figs. 11-14.—Sarcopterus ruber RAFIN- ESQUE, Quadro dei generi di Moll. Pteropodi, in Specchio delle Sci., ii, p. 11, Nov. 1814; Précis des découvertes somiologiques ou Zool- ogiques et Botaniques, p. 30 (1814).—G. meckeli BLAtNvILLE, Manual de Mal. et Conch., p. 479 (1825).—Puxt., Enum. Moll: Sicil., 1, p. 124.—Sou.eyet, Voy. Bonite, Zool., ii, p. 464, pl. 26.— Krouy, Archiv f. Naturg., 1860, p. 64, pl. 2, f. 2, 3 (larva and shell).—VayssrerE, Ann. Se. Nat., Zool. (6) ix, p. 1-72, pl. 1-6; Rech. Moll. Opistobr., Ire Pt., Tectibranches, p. 40, figs. 835-41.— Berau, Zool. Jahrb., vii, p. 281-303, pl. 16, f. 1-27, pl. 17, f. 1-10- —Gastropteron rubrum FiscHER, Journ. de Conchyl., 1890, p. 349. —Gasteropteron coccineum FERussAc, Tabl. Syst. p. 25.— Clio amatt De.Le Curase, Mem. sulla Storia e Notomia degli Anim. senza Vert., 1, p. 53-59, pl. 2, f. 1-8 (1823). The shell-cavity of the mantle is very large, occupied throughout its extent by a delicate, very hyaline membrane, at the posterior part of which is found the small nautiloid shell (pl. 7, fig. 4). The shell is nautiliform, hyaline and translucent, resembling in texture GASTROPTERON. 4] that of Carinaria, with 13 to 2 whorls, the Jast one enveloping the preceding, showing under a strong lens very fine growth-strie. It is situated at the posterior part of the liver, a little process of which projects into its cavity, it is a little behind and to the right of the anus, its convexity turned toward the foot. The delicate membrane mentioned above is adherent to the peristome, and is doubtless a non-calcified prolongation of the cuticle of the shell. It covers all of the dorsal surface of the viscera, part of the sides, and nearly as far forward as the end of the cephalic disk. A very general view of the viscera is shown in fig. 10 of pl. 7; for detailed description and figures see Bercu, Zool. Jahrb. Abtheil. f. Anat. u. Ont., vii, p.281, and Vayssterg, Ann. Sc. Nat., Zool. (6), ix, p. 1-72, pl. 1-6. In these excellent monographs, the entire literary history of G'astropteron also is discussed. The jaws are weakly-developed, consisting of two small lamellose plates (pl. 8, fig. 16), one on each side of the median line of the upper part of the mouth. The plates have a mosaic surface, show- ing the ends of the crowded subcylindrical bodies of which they are composed (pl. 8, figs. 12, 13). The radula lacks median teeth as in Philine. The laterals (pl. 7, figs. 7, 8, 9, three views of one lateral) have the hooked form with a serrate internal crest seen in Philine. The uncini (pl. 7, fig. 5, and fig. 6) are also practically as in Pkiline, narrower than the laterals, without serrate crest. The penis is elongated, cylindrical (pl. 8, fig. 11), lying as usual on the right side of the buccal mass, 6-11 mill. long, usually carmine- red outside, sometimes yellowish-white, red at the apex only; pros- tate (fig. 11) 33 to 6 cm. long in the smallest, 8 to 9 in the largest individuals when straightened out. G. SINENSE A. Adams. Unfigured. Animal flesh-colored, dotted and netted all over with carmine ; body paler, the viscera showing through the sub-pellucid integu- ment; foot lobe large, free, with entire margins, rounded, the sur- face dotted and reticulate with red. (Ad.). Hulu-shan Bay (Regent’s Sword), 3 fms. G. sinense Av., Ann. Mag. N. H. (3), viii, p. 189 (Aug., 1861). I obtained three individals of this species in the dredge from three fathoms of mud. I placed them in a clear bottle of salt water, and observed them some time. Chiaje might well be excused for 42 GASTROPTERON. regarding the genus as a Pteropod, for, at first sight, it has all the appearance and action of a Pneumodermon. My specimens ap- peared to want the power of crawling altogether; the animals, after taking short flights, usually upside down, through the water, by butterfly flappings of the side-lobes of the foot, gently alighted and remained stationary on their stomachs, with the swimming- lobes folded together over the back, until ready for another little excursion. The lower surface of this species, moreover, is colored exactly like the fins, and shows no signs of a creeping disk. I be- lieve the genus should be placed in the family Lophocercide, or rather, Icaride; for Prof. E. Forbes had _ previously described Lophocercus under the name of Icarus. The Chinese species seems to differ from the Mediterranean Gasteropteron in being covered with crimson punctate and reticulate markings. Other points of difference are shown in my drawings. (Ad.). G. paciFicuM Bergh. PI. 8, figs. 14, 15, 17-23. Living animal yellowish, flecked with red. Margin of mantle without a flagellum. General proportions as in G. rubrum, but. smaller; foot usually distinctly demarked from pleuropodial lobes, which are smaller and a little shorter. Free margin of the mantle narrower, Only behind a little wider, but without trace of filament. On account of the narrowness of the mantle-skirt, the gill is nearly exposed, relatively larger than in G. rubrum, directed more down- ward ; leaflets of gill fewer, 16-20, and free ends of the same longer ; the black kidney-pore is nearer the anus. Genital openings and semen-groove as in rubrum. ‘The shell (pl. 8, fig. 18) is as in rub- rum, the calcified portion measuring “6 to ‘66 mill., chalk-white, radially striate, and very fragile, the large cuticular last whorl (fig. 19) as in G. rubrum. Dentition (pl. 8, fig. 21) as in G. rubrum, formula 5:1:0°1°5 or 6°1:0°1°6 ; laterals (pl. 8, figs. 20, 22) and uncini (pl. 8, figs. 21, 23) offering no especial differential features. Unalaschka, Aleutian Is., 9-15 fms (Dall.). G. pacificum Bereu, Zool. Jahrb. vii, p. 3038, pl. 16, f. 28; pl. 17, f. 10-26 (1893). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 202, pl. xii, f. 1-2. Specimens preserved in alcohol still retained part of the original coloration, the head-shield, foot and pleuropodia clear yellowish, with numerous red dots, more or less grouped and more or less close ; on the under side and free apex of head-shield they were closer. The posterior body gray, usually, especially in front, strewn with red- AGLAJIDZA. 43 dots, the gills whitish. The individuals were mostly of the same size : length of pleuropodia 7°5 mill., breadth of animal across extended pleuropodia 12 mill., alt.5°5 mill. Besides its smaller size and different coloring, the lack of a pos- terior flagellum on the mantle offers an obvious external difference between this form and G. rubrum. For description of anatomy see Bergh, J. ¢. Family AGLAJIDE. = Doridiide Bergh et al. Body oblong, with two dorsal shields separated by a transverse furrow, the head-shield having narrow, free lateral and hind mar- gins, posterior shield or mantle produced backward in two lobes or wings. Foot wide, truncated in front and behind, the sides contin- ued in fleshy parapodial (pleurapodial) lobes which stand erect or recurved at each side of body. Shell internal, posterior, consisting of a flat, solute spiral whorl and a minute spire, the inner rim of whorl! calcified, outer part membranous. Gill posterior, on right side, large, bipinnate. Buccal mass very large, without jaws or teeth. Penis with a superficial sulcus ; prostate gland large. . This family differs from Philinide and Gastropteride in the lack of a radula; from the latter family it is moreover distinguished by the more moderate size of the parapodial lobes, which are not used — as Swimming organs. The following account is largely abridged from Bergh’s two ad- mirable papers on Doridiide. Synopsis of Genera. Genus AGLAJA Renier. Head-shield without rhinophores or frontal processes. Genus Navanax Pilsbry. Head-shield with the front lateral angles produced into rhino- phores, as in Pleurobranchus. *k * 44 AGLAJA. Genus AGLAJA Renier, 1804. Aglaja Renter, Prospetto della Classe dei Vermi, p. 16, (1804) ; Tav. di Classificazione, 1807, pl. 8; Osserv. Postume di Zool. Adri- atica, pubblic. per cura del R. Instit. Ven. a Studio del Meneghini, Venezia 1847, p. 3-8, pl. 16. Not Aglajaor Aglaia Albers et auct. mult.—Doridium Meckel, Ueber ein neues Geschlecht der Gastero- poden, Beytr. Vergleich. Anat. i, zweites Heft, p. 33, (1809), and of authors generally.—Acera Cuvier, Mém. sur les Acéres, in Ann, Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, xvi, p. 9, (1810).—Fidothea Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid., iv, p. 46, (1826).—Melanochlamys CHEESEMAN, Trans. N, Z. Inst., xiii, p. 224, (1881).— Posterobranchea d’ORBIGNY, Voy. dans l’Amér. Mérid., p. 201, (1837 ?).—Bullidium Leuk, Dis- sert de Pleurobranch, p. 10, (1813).—Lobaria BLAINVILLE, Manuel de Malac., p. 478, (1825).—? Philinopsis Prase, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 21. For anatomy see Beran, Die Gruppe der Doridien in Mittheil. Zool. Stat. Neap., xi, p, 107-135, pl. 8, and Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 205-222. See above for characters. This genus was first indicated by Renier under the name Aglaja in his Prospetto, 1804, but it was not characterized until his Tavolo di Classificazione appeared in 1807, in which the group is very well defined, with descriptions and figures of the two Mediterranean spe- cies. The name has been generally dropped by malacologists in favor of Meckel’s term Doridium, published in 1809; but such a course is wholly without justification. There is a genus Aglaea in plants (Persoon, 1805), and the name Aglaja (and Aglaia) has been several times used in zoology, but clearly subsequent in every case to Renier’s diagnosis. The other synonyms, Acera Cuv., Hidothea Risso, Melanochlamys Cheesem., etc., are later and absolute synonyms. Posterobranchea Orb, was founded upon an error, the dorsal being mistaken fot the ventral surface of the body, reversing the positions of all asymmetrical organs, and bringing the transverse groove of the back below. Philinopsis of Pease seems to be another synonym, but in the absence of definite information I have inserted it at the end of the genus Aglaja. Geographic Distribution. Mediterranean: A. tricolorata and depicta. E. coast of Africa: A. cyanea, nigra, guttata. Australia and New Zealand: A. marmorea, lineolata, cylindrica. AGLAJA. 45 Japan: A. gigliolit. Sandwich Is.: A. nuttalli, “ Philinopsis” speciosa and nigra. W. coast of the Americas: A. maculata, purpurea, diomedea, ocel- ligera, adelle. West Indies: A. punctilucens and gemmata. The genus is not known fossil. A. TRICOLORATA Renier. PI. 1, figs. 10, 11; pl. 14, f. 81. pl. 13, figs. 71, 72, 73, 74, 75. Back of the body and outer surface of pleuropodial lobes chest- nut-brown or coffee colored, with round snow-white pearl-like dots ; border of dorsal shield aud pleuropodia marked with a narrow blue band, inside of which is an orange band. Posterior body lighter than the anterior; sole velvety-black with a bluish luster, with some small white dots in front and behind. Mantle with two deeply sep- arated lobes behind, the left one always provided with a flagellum or filament (pl. 1, figs. 10,11). Length 4-5 em., breadth with spread parapodia 2°5-2°8 em.; alt. to apex of frontal shield 1°6-1°9 to 1°3- 1°5 cm. Specimens in alcohol retain the coloration remarkably well, but contract much, length 3 cm. Shell (pl. 14, fig. 81) proportionately smaller than in A. depictum, less concave; milk-white in the middle, more or less translucent toward the edges ; nucleus consisting of one whorl, the second whorl forming all of the dilated portion of the shell. Mediterranean Sea. Aglaja tricolorata Renter, Tav. di Classificazione pl. 8, (1807) ; Oss. postume di Zool. Adriat., 1847, p. 5, 7, pl. 16, f. 12, 13.—Dori- dium tricoloratum Beran, Mittheil. Zool. Sta. zu Neapel, xi, p. 111, pl. 8, f. 1-10; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 208, pl. 12, f 4.— Doridium meckelii DELLE CHrIAsE, Mem. i, 1823, p. 117-123, 133, 135-1386, pl. 10, f, 1-7.—Cuvirer, Regne Anim. 2d edit., ili, p. 64. —CANTRAINE, Malac. Medit., p. 74.—Acera meckelit Paiv., Enum. Moll. Sicil. ii, p. 98.——Doridium membranaceum Meckel V AyssIERE, Ann. des Sciences Naturelles Zool. (6), ix, p. 73 et seq., pl. 7, f. 56, 57, 59-67 ; pl. 8, f. 68, 69; Rech. Moll. Opistobr., p. 48-49, pl. 2, f. 45-47. Besides the differences in the shell and coloration, this species dif- fers from A. depicta in having two deeply separated lobes on the 46 AGLAJA. hind edge of the mantle, the left one bearing a flagellum. The head disk issmaller and more trapezoidal than in the other Mediterranean species. The foot occupies the front three-fourths of the entire length of the body. A. peprcra Renier. PI 12, figs. 68-70; pl. 1, fig. 12 (x 7); pl. 18, deentoyn iil: Back of the body and outside of pleuropodial lobes chestnut, brown, blue-gray or violet-black, maculated and marbled with white. Head-shield and lateral lobes edged with two narrow stripes, one blue, the other yellow. Head-shield with two short stripes of buff in front. Sole velvety-black or violet-brown, sometimes orna- mented with whitish spots. Gill orange or pale brownish. Posterior lobes of mantle joined, the left one with no flagellum. Length 35-60 mill. The shell (pl. 12, f. 63, 64, 68, 70; pl. 1, f. 12) is not so different from that of A. tricolorata as would be thought from the figures ; but the small spire is more solute, and the projecting process is smaller; the large thin outer whorl shows 2 or 3 more or less dis- tinctly marked growth-zones; this quite cuticular, pale yellowish part is in some individuals, especially the younger ones, more or less calcified, excepting always the anterior part; in the large indi- viduals it was completely cuticular. Diam. from edge to edge across spire, 7-12 mm. Ina large individual, length 55 mill., the the shell measured in greatest length 16% mill. Mediterranean Sea. Aglaja depicta RENtER, Tay. di Class., 1807, pl. 8 ; Oss. Posthume, p. 4, 7, pl. 16, f. 1-11—Doridium depictum Bercu, Mittheil. Zool. Stat. Neap., xi, p. 123, pl. 8, f. 11-138, 17; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 209, pl. 10, £9; pl. 12, f 8.—Doridium coriaceum and D. membranaceum MECKEL, Beytrige zur Vergl. Anat. i, 2te Heft, p. 33, (1809).—Acera carnosa CuviER, Mém. sur les Acéres, Ann. Mus. H.N. Paris, xvi, p. 9-12, 14-15, pl. 1, f. 15-20, (1810)—Doridium carnosum DELLE CHIAJE, Mem. sulla Storia e Notomia, etc., i, pl. 76, f. 9-11; pl. 107, f. 2—VavyssrERE, Rech. Moll. Opistobr., p. 45, pl. 2, f. 42-44—Doridium aplysiaeforme DELLE CutaJsE, Mem. ii, p. 185-192, pl. 13; t. 80, f. 23, (1825) —Acera aplysiaeformis Can- TRAINE, Malac. Medit., p. 74.—Hidothea marmorata Risso, Hist, Nat. Eur. Mérid,, iv, p. 46, pl. 1, f. 9—Doridium marmoratum Can- TRAINE, Bull. de ? Acad. Roy. des Sci. de Bruxelles, 1835, ii, p. 386. —Acera marmorata CANTRAINE, Mal. Medit. et Lit., p. 73, pl. 2, f. oe AGLAJA. 47 This species seems to be variable in coloration like the preceding, and even to a greater degree. The snow-white pearl-like spots of A. tricolorata which are so conspicuous, seem to be represented in this form by more irregular white spots. The posterior wings of the mantle have an entirely different form from those of tricolorata, and pass into each other bow-like at their bases. There is never a flagel- Jum onthe left wing. The shell resembles that of tricolorata, but the spire is more free, and the cuticular part of the shell is larger. The colors seem to be well retained in alcohol. A. cYANEA v. Martens. Unfigured. In life uniform blue or with small round yellow spots. Spirit examples blackish with pale spots, covered with numerous net-like anastomosing wrinkles. 50 mill. long; head-shield 26 mill. long. Breadth with parapodia turned up 26, with them spread out 43 mill. Distinguished from the Mediterranean species by the propor- tionally smaller length of the head-shield. (Mart.). Inhambane, E. Africa (Peters). D. cyaneum Mart., Monatsber. K.-P. Akad. Wissensch. zu Berlin 1879, p. 738 (1880).—D. eyaneum var. vittatum Marrt., Beitr. zur Meeresfauna Mauritius, etc., p. 305. It is called by the natives miguedua, which signifies sleeps not. Var. virraATA Martens. Living animal 7 cm. long, '3-4 em. wide. Back brown with brimstone-yellow spots; on the head two brown-yellow longitudinal lines, on the back two brown-yellow spots. Foot-edges, head and mantle edged with blue and yellow; sole bluish-brown. In the single spirit specimen the brown-yellow longitudinal bands on both sides on head-shield and on foot-margin have been well retained, but not the spots on the back. (Mart.). Fouquets, Mauritius (Mobius). A. NIGRA y. Martens. Unfigured. Living animal black with clear yellow and orange-yellow spots and bands, and indigo-blue edges, the spots sometimes very sparse. Spirit examples 19 mill. long, 8 mill. wide with the parapodia turned upward, 15 with them spread out. Head-disk 10 mill. long, granule- wrinkled. Internal shell strong, chalky. (Mart.). Querimba Is., E. Africa (Peters). 48 AGLAJA. D. nigrum Martens, Monatsber. K.-P. Akad. Wissensch., 1879, p. 738 (1880). The name of this species must be changed if, as I suspect, Philinopsis nigra of Pease proves to be an Aglaja. A.autrata v. Martens. Unfigured. Living animal 4-5 em. long, 22-3 em. wide. Head and back brown, with close isahella-yellow flecks in which are brown dots or lines. Sole bluish-brown with yellow flecks, the margins blue and yellow. Perhaps only a variety of D. cyaneum v. vittatum. (Mobius). Spirit examples pretty clear gray-brown, head-shield and back with dark-red-brown spots, veins and dots; foot darker, with num- erous isabella-yellow roundish spots. The head-shield is (in spirit examples) as long or longer than the posterior body, and is coarsely granulated rather than wrinkled, in D. cyaneum v. vittatum it is shorter and more wrinkled longitudinally. (Mart.). Fouquets, Mauritius (Mobius). D. guttatum Martens, Beitr. zur Meeresfauna der Insel Mauri- tius u. der Seychellen, p. 306 (1880). A. MARMORATA Smith, PI. 1, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Animal (in spirit) blackish, copiously mottled with a dirty buff color. Cephalic disk longer than wide, rather narrower in front than behind, with a thickened two-fold margin anteriorly and at the sides, more expanded and simple posteriorly. Hinder dorsal disk a little shorter than the front one, lobed posteriorly on each side, with an intermediate sinus, with a free margin at the sides, but not in front, where it is covered by the hinder free extension of the cephalic disk. Viewed posteriorly, the animal is truncate, termina- ting in a curved expansion of the dorsal disk on each side which conceal the gills beneaththem. Foot extending the whole length of the animal, with a duplex margin in front below the mouth and for a short distance along the sides, and then simple and gradually in- creasing in the width of the expansion towards the end, where it is very wide beneath the branchia; it is stained with black on the inside of the edge. Branchial plume posterior, concealed beneath the foot and the hinder lobes of the dorsal disk. Head presenting exteriorly a small lobe on each side the oral opening. AGLAJA. 49 Shell internal, situated at the hinder extremity above the branchia, white, calcareous, uncoiled, consisting of one or two volutions, thick- ened at the free “sutural line,” convex externally and concave within, cup-shaped at the commencement, with the outer edge extended by a broadish membranous expansion. Total length 33 millim. ; cephalic disk 18 long and 16 wide at the broadest part; shell with a greatest diameter of 8 millim.; and about 2 in height. (Smith). Thursday Island, Torres Straits, 4-5 fathoms, on a sandy bottom. (Coppinger). Doridium marmoratum Smiru, Zool. Coll. ‘ Alert,’ p. 87, pl. vi, f. I-I 4 (1884). Not Doridium marmoratum Cantraine, 1835. The only species which appears to have been recorded from the Australian coasts is Aglaia lineolata, figured by H. & A. Adams in the Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. iii, pl. 58, fig. 4. This differs, however, in the form of the anterior dorsal disk and its small size in proportion to the hind part of the animal in addition to which the color and markings appear to be quite distinct. Aglaia giglio- hi, from Japan, described by Tapparone-Canefri (Voy. Magenta, p. 110, pl. 1, fig. 18), may be distinguished by the posterior lobation of the cephalic disk, different color, and apparent different position of the branchial plume. Doridium cyaneum, D. nigrum, and D. guttatum, described by Dr. Von Martens from the Indian Ocean, have not yet been figured. Until all these exotic species have either been compared or much more amply described and illustrated, there will remain much un- certainty respecting the identification of all or any one of them. A. LInEOLATA H. & A. Adams. PI. 1, fig. 7. No description of this species has been published, to my knowl- edge. As figured by A. Adams, the shields and outside of parapodia are transversely lineolate with purplish on a light brown ground; insides of parapodia very dark; posterior wings of mantle short, without a filament. Shell unknown. Australia (Gould). Aglaia lineolata H. & A. Ad., Gen. Rec. Moll. i, p. 27, iii, pl. 58, f. 4. A. CYLINDRICA Cheeseman. Unjfigured. Body elongated, almost cylindrical, 1-17 in. long; color a deep rich velvety-black. Cephalic disk narrow, oblong, quadrate, slightly + 50 AGLAJA. expanded in front, so as to project over the foot and mouth, truncate behind. Mantle small, entirely concealing the shell, at its posterior end 2 lobed and with a large gaping orifice. Foot large with ample side-lobes, which are folded up to the sides of the head-dise and mantle, leaving, however, the back exposed. Shell quite internal, triangular, spire minute, inner lip with a small spoon-shaped pro- jection. Branchie minute, situated far back on the right side under the mantle. Gizzard very large and muscular, without calcareous plates. Odontophore apparently wanting. I assume that the proper position of this animal is with the Philinide, with which it agrees in most of its characters. It differs, however, in having no odontophore, and in the gizzard not being strengthened with calcare, ous plates. Aglaia (of Renier), appears to be its nearest ally ; but Iam unable to place it in that genus, as it differs from the species figured in Adams’ “ Genera” in being much more elongated, in the cephalic disc being larger and projecting beyond the foot, in the branchiz being smaller and always concealed by the mantle, and in the side- lobes of the foot being closely appressed to the side of the animal, and not spreading. Auckland Harbor and near Dunedin, New Zealand, in tide pools. Melanochlamys cylindrica CHEESEMAN, Trans. N. Z. Inst. xiii, p. 224 (1881). A. eicLioLut Tapparone-Canefri. PI. 1, fig. 6. Body oblong, as much as 32 mill. long, 12 mill. wide; head-shield ovate-oblong, large, more or less bilobate behind; posterior body smaller, subquadrate, deeply bilobed behind ; side margins (para- podial lobes) free, very narrowly edged with brown. Foot ovate, large, wider than dorsal lobes. Color of specimens preserved in alcohol buff-white, irregularly reticulated with brown and ashy, the head-shield having a median longitudinal pale line. Shell internal, delicate, vitreous, very transparent, resembling that of D. carnosum in form. Japan. Aglaia giglioli T.-C., Zool. Viag. Magenta, p. 110, pl. 1, f. 18 (1874). A. NUTTALLI Pisbry, n.sp. PI. 6, figs. 37, 38. Alcoholic specimen uniform black-brown above, sole the same color, but with faintly discernable sparse light maculation. Head- AGLAJA. 51 disk (much fore-shortened in figure) oblong, wide, emarginate in front, subtruncate behind ; free lateral margins 2-3 mill. wide, pos- terior free margin wider. Posterior wings of mantle very large, long, thin, the two membranous lobes broadly united by connecting web, the left lobe bearing a short, flat flagellum. Gill (pl. 6, fig. 38, seen from below) 11 mill. long (curved), with 11-12 branches on each of the rhachis, alternately arranged, the branches on the con- vex side nearly double as long as those on the concave side of rhachis. Total length 40, breadth 20 mill. Length of head-shield measured direct from front to back margin, 22 mill. Sandwich Is. (Nuttall). The great development of the posterior wings and the flat fila- ment of the left one are characteristic. It differs from A. tricolorata in having the tail-lobes broadly united, and the gill of different structure if Vayssiéres figure of the gill of that species be correct. Description from one specimen; shell not seen. Color in life un- known. Fig. 37 is accidentally inverted. A. macutata d’Orbigny. PI. 6, figs. 40-43. Anterior and posterior disks of body black-brown; posterior mantle-wings greenish-brown with some small yellow spots; foot (fig. 43) greenish-brown with many unequal rounded spots of sul- phur-yellow; outside of parapodia the same color but spotless. Body thick, rounded ; back smooth, the anterior shield wide and truncate in front; posterior shield oval, smooth, terminating in thick fleshy lobes, the right one wider. Foot fleshy, plicate, striate and ridged transversely, smooth in front and distinctly emarginate. Gill pyramidal, symmetrical, composed of a great many leaflets bilobed at their ends. Length 3, width 2 centimeters. Valparaiso, Chili. Posterobranchea maculata pD’ORB., Voy. dans l’Amer. Mérid., p. 2038, pl. 17, f. 6-9 (not f. 10). The view already expressed by Morch and Fischer in regard to d’Orbigny’s error in mistaking the back for the foot of this mollusk, is undoubtedly correct. When this is righted, we find the charac- ters of P. maculata perfectly normal for the genus Aglaia or Dori- dium. 52 AGLAJA. A. puRPUREA Bergh. PI. 13, fig. 78. Living animal blackish-purple. Much contracted individual in aleohol is dark brownish, almost black in color, on the anterior shield; the hind body dirty reddish-brown ; both quite finely punce- tate with yellow. The sides of the body as well as the lower half of the upper side of the foot-wings (parapodia) yellowish-brown, while the upper half of the parapodium is paler and vertically striated, as is also the hind half of the upper side of the tail. Gills dirty yellow; the hind wings of mantle quite black, finely punctate with yellow and with lighter margin. Entire under surface of animal, with the outer (under) side of the parapodia black, finely punctured with yellow. The length, to base of posterior wings, 3°8 cm., alt., 2°8, breadth, 3°2. The length of head-shield is 2 cm., that of posterior wings 1°2cm. Length of the contracted gill 1°5 cm. Form most as in A.depicta. Posterior wings bound together con- tinuously above, the left one without a flagellum; their margins were, perhaps, somewhat notched. ‘The peculiar spot in front under the margin of the anterior shield could not be discovered. Gill yellowish. Shell without trace of calcification, horn-yellow, on anterior mar- gin quite colorless, thin, only on the back margin a little thickened. Form as usual, the spire not solute, its continuation downward and forward not large, the extension of the last whorl backward not long, transverse diameter of the shell about 13 mill. Catalina Island, California, (Dall, 1874) Doridium purpureum Brereu, Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 209, pl OR ea The figure represents the penis-sack (dark portion) and its pros- tate (light portion). F A. DIOMEDEA Bergh. PI.1,f.14; pl. 15, fig. 95. Largest specimen measures, length, 10, breadth 6; alt. 5 mill. others measure 7 x 5 x 43. Color dark brownish-black, with sparsely strewn whitish and yellowish flecks on the back, foot and outside of parapodia; side margins of posterior shield dirty light yellowish ; sides of body and furrow between anterior and posterior shields, bluish-gray; upper side of foot-wings and the upper side of tail grayish, the gill yellow. Color in life said to be nearly black- Form as usual. Back shield somewhat longer than the head-shield ; no trace of olfactory organ discoverable. Hind wings of mantle AGLAJA. 53 contracted, seeming to be not much developed, not connected above, pretty rigid, with round hind end, the left one lacking a flagellum. The shell was of peculiar form, relatively larger and longer than in other species, in the largest individual 5 mill. long, 34 broad. It was entirely calcified, relatively thick, somewhat thinner in front, and more yellowish there, otherwise chalk-white. The spire small, not free; the process directed forward and downward large, the hollow in it adjacent to spire pretty deep. Kadiack Is. (St. Paul) Bering Sea; Yukon Harbor, Shumagin Is., 6-10 fms. (Dall, Aug., 1874). us Doridium diomedeum Beu., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 211, plait, £1. Readily recognizable by its coloring and peculiar shell. A. OCELLIGERA Bergh. PI. 14, figs. 82, 83, 84. The single individual was rather contracted, 12 mill. long, 9 wide, and 9 mill. high. Color of shields and outside of parapodia gray- brown with a multitude of whitish round flecks. Remains of a lighter border of shields and parapodia could be distinguished, and also on margins of the flagellum. The under side of the foot black- ish with sparsely strewn whitish flecks. Gill yellowish. Living animal said to be black-purple with yellow spots. Proportions as usual. The hind margin of anterior shield very strongly produced (3+ mill.); the posterior wings of mantle quite separated, the left lobe prolonged in a flagellum 1 mill. long (pl. 14, fig. 84). The shell measures 4 mill.in breadth (across the spire), is strongly calcified, alabaster-like, with only a narrow yellowish cuti- cular margin anteriorly. Spire somewhat projecting, the process running forward and downward pretty strong, deepened at its base ; the right part of the shell stronger, especially more behind. Penis (pl. 14, fig. 83) dirty yellow, 4-5 mill. long; glans with a strong furrow, the apex sticking out of penial opening. Prostate strong, a little longer than penis, of the same color, its end forked (f. 83). Sitka Harbor, 15 fms. (Dall, May, 1874). Doridium ocelligerum Bou., Bull. M. C. Z., xxv, p. 212, pl. 10, f. 10; pl. 12,f 5-6. AAD PELE Dall Pl 9, figs: 17,18, 19,20; 21 22: Animal naked, about 16 mm. long, of a dark plum color, mottled with fine vermiculate spots of golden yellow; general form that of 54 AGLAJA. D. carnosum Cuvier, but with a shorter head-shield, half as long as the body and transversely truncate behind; the posterior free por- tion of the mantle short, obscurely bilobed, and without a flagellum ; front edge of the head-shield slightly excavated ; parapodia wide; the sole slightly longer than the body ; shell (figs. 17-20) internal, subconical, white, covered with a brownish epidermis ; pillar strong, reflected with a deep groove outside of it, the basal end projecting spur-like; nucleus small, depressed. (Dal/). Eagle Harbor, Puget Sound, 30 fms. (Young Naturalist’s So- ciety ). D. adelle Datu, The Nautilus, vil, p. 73 (Nov., 1894). The shell is more conical and the cycloid wall of it narrower than in D. carnosum, and the excavated pillar much more prominent. See Ann. Mus. de Marseilles, Zool. ii, p. 45, pl. 2, figs. 42-44, 1885. (Dail). A. PUNCTILUCENS Bergh. PI. 14, fig. 85. Founded upon two individuals in the Copenhagen Museum. In color they agree almost completely. The dorsal shields are dirty light yellow marbled with black, marked with quite fine brownish lines (much finer than those of the ventral surface), and over this are strewn emerald-green dots, especially on the head-shield and most on its anterior margin. The margins in one individual shine through greenish-gray with whitish dots; in the other darker, quite blackish with yellowish dots. The wings or posterior lobes of the hinder shield are marbled gray and black, with numerous whitish dots and little spots, especially on the posterior side. The marginal part, especially above, grayish-green, finely white-dotted or darker. The sides of the body and the inner surface of the parapodial wings are brownish-gray or darker, dotted with yellowish. Gill yellowish. The sole as well as the outer surface of the parapodial lobes of alternate narrow, light dirty yellowish and brown longitudinal lines, the latter in large part showing rows of small spots or still finer lines of a yellowish color. The edge of the parapodial wings, es- pecially on the inside, are greenish-gray, punctate with whitish, or quite blackish, punctate with yellowish. The largest individual (from Guadeloupe) measures, length nearly 28 mill. (to posterior edge of posterior lobes) breadth 12, alt. 10 mill.; length of head shield 113, of the hind body 123, and its wing 6 mill. Length of the gill 7 mill. AGLAJA. 55d The form is practically the same as in the other species. Head- shield somewhat emarginate in front, sides and posterior edge strongly projecting. The lateral margins of posterior shield also project strongly, especially behind. Surface of the shields quite even. The posterior mantle-wings are strongly developed, bound together above by a strongly produced middle piece, stronger than in A. depicta. The wings are similar to that species, but more pro- duced, without flagellum. Shell (pl. 14, fig. 85) 3 mill. in diam., width of the calcified part of the large whorl 0°8 mill. It has only a quite small and not pro- jecting spire, which is prolonged in a pretty long continuation be- low, this being excavated on the anterior side. Spire and the wide simple whorl chalk-white and hard, the latter with thickened hind margin. This hard part of the shell is surrounded by a yellow cuticle, and this again by a quite thin colorless cuticle. St. Thomas and Guadeloupe (Riise). Doridium punctilucens Berau, Mittheil. Zool. Stat. Neap., xi, p. Hal, pls, f. 16. This species is quite distinct from those of the Mediterranean, and will be easy to recognize by its color (emerald-green spots of the back, the linear striation, especially beneath), and the form of the shell also differs. A.q@eMMATA Morch. Unfigured. Subcylindrical, narrower in front, yellow or dull fleshy with close longitudinal black lines. Shield dilated in front, with obscure, small close longitudinal lines, often bifid or forked, diverging, and beautiful green, shining, convex spots, of which there are four ar- ranged bead-like on the neck, especially conspicuous. Mantle con- vex, with large obscure clouds and very close black lines. Anal and respiratory tubes entire and strong; below bilobed, left lobe falciform, right lobe tongue-shaped, subtruncate. Gill-plume acute and arcuate; foot lobed on each side, ornamented with black longi- tudinal lines often confluent ; thence it is spotted, and reticulated in front; foot lobes narrow, margin arcuate, reflexed, blackish above with spots and dots of yellowish here and there confluent. Length 18, diam. 7, alt. 8 mill. Shell not seen, but by the feel it seems to be narrow falciform. St. Thomas (Riise). 56 AGLAJA—PHILINOPSIS. Doridium (Posterobranchea) gemmatum Morcg, Journal de Con- chyl., 1863, p. 25; Mal. BI., xxii, p. 175. Genus (?) Putiinopsis Pease, 1860. Philinopsis Psr., P. Z.S., 1860, p. 21. Animal.—Head-disk large, oblong, oval or triangular, not extend- ing in advance of the foot. Posterior to the head-disk the body is extended in the shape of a convex fleshy lobe, commencing under the head disk (which overlaps it), and reaching to or slightly beyond the posterior portion of the foot; truncated behind, and the trunca- tion surrounded by an undulated or crenated crest. Eyes not visi- ble. Mouth proboscidiform between cephalic disk and foot, with or without one pair of tentacles on sides of the mouth. Foot large, rounded and reflected at the sides. Branchia] plume near the pos- terior end of the body, and curving around between the truncated end of the foot. Shell concealed in the truncated end. (Pse.). My knowledge of this group is limited to Pease’s descriptions here reprinted in full. I am disposed to consider it synonymous with Aglaja. P. speciosa Pease. Unfiqured. Lug Oblong, smooth. Head-disk about half the length of the animal, of an oblong, triangular shape, truncated in front, and corners ob- tusely rounded. The mantle lobe is convex, rather narrowed an- teriorly and truncated posteriorly, commencing under the head-disk and extending slightly beyond the posterior portion of the foot; the truncated end is prolonged behind laterally, and surrounded by an elevated undulated crest. No visible eyes or dorsal tentacles. Oral tentacles small, dilated, truncated, and placed at the sides of the mouth. The foot and the head-disk project in advance of the mouth, which can be protruded in the shape of a proboscis. Foot broad, oval, smooth, rounded and reflected at the sides. Branchial — plume single, pinnate, arising from the right posterior end of the animal, and curving to the left between the foot and the truncated end of the mantle-lobe. Exeretory orifice posterior. Shell con- cealed in the truncated end, white, thin, fragile, pellucid, subtri- angular, with a curved callous apex ; surface with furrows of growth. Color above fawn, spotted and speckled with white; margins more or less varied with blackish and yellow; sides paler. Foot purplish fawn, and closely freckled with whitish, and broadly margined on NAVANAX. 57 both sides with the dorsal colors intermixed. Length, 3 inches. { Pse.). Station, among sea-weed on the coral reefs. They were very sluggish in confinement. One specimen, when placed in a glass jar, voided about a dozen small Bulle shells perfect. They differ but a trifle in color, some being darker than others. The foot always re- mains turned over on the sides of the body. (Pse.). Sandwich Is., among sea-weed on the coral reefs (Pse.). Philinopsis speciosa Psx., P. Z. S., 1860, p. 21. P. niGRA Pease. Unfigured. Oblong, slightly rugose above. Head-disk rather more than one- third of the length of the animal, oblong oval, acutely rounded in front and rounded posteriorly. The mantle lobe rather wider than head disk, of an oblong-oval shape, and the lateral ends of the trun- cation prolonged posteriorly into compressed crenate lobes, which are continued over the truncated portion, forming a slight crest. No visible eyes or tentacles. Shell buried in tbe truncated end. Foot elliptically oval, smooth, revolute laterally. Branchial plume single, situated on the right posterior end, and curving to the left. Color black, with two large white spots on anterior end, also two on the head-disk and two on the mantle lobe; sides white, and foot white, with three large black spots on each revolute side. (Pse.). Sandwich Is., on sea-weed in upper laminarian zone (Pse.). | Philinopsis nigra Pse., P. Z.S., 1860, p. 22. Genus NAVANAX Pilsbry, 1895. Strategus Cooper, Proe. Cal. Acad. Sci., ii, p. 202, (1862). Not Strategus Hope, 1837 (Coleoptera).—Navarchus CooPer, Proe. Cal. Acad., iii, p. 58, (1863). Not Navarchus de Fil. et Ver., 1857, (Pis- ces).—Navarchus Berecu, Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neap., 1893, p. 133; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 213.—Navanax Pits., Nautilus, viii, p. 131 (March 1, 1895). Body elongated, similar in general characters to Aglaja, but an- terior angles of head-shield produced to form short involute rhino- phores. Shell asin Aglaja. Type NV. inermis Coop. Two species of this genus are known, both from west America. 58 NAVANAX. N. INERMIS Cooper. PI. 15, figs. 89, 90, 91, 92, 93. Back of the body, foot and outside of pleuropodia wine-purple, ornamented with rounded or oblong spots of yellow; inner sides of pleuropodia flesh colored. Free edges of pleuropodial lobes and inner edges of the tail lobes and rhinophores orange colored with adjacent band and alternating spots of blue; lower side of tail-lobes purple-blue; eye-patches white with black centers. Length 33, breadth of body proper ? inch (living animal). Shell quite thin and completely flexible, brownish-yellow, without trace of calcification. As near as could be ascertained its form is as in NV. enigmaticusand Aglaja depicta. Its position is as in Aglaja. Penis (pl. 15, f. 89) similar to that of the Aglajas in general char- acters. San Diego Bay (Cooper); Catalina Island (Cooper, Dall). Strategus inermis CooreR, Proce. Cal. Acad., ii, p. 202.—Navar- chus inermis Cooper, Proc. Cal. Acad., iii, p. 58—Brren, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 214, pl. 10, f. 13; pl. 11, f. 2-5. The alcoholic specimen examined by Bergh was light coffee- brown above with many yellowish-white lines, streaks and spots, the sole black with a slight brown tinge, spotted throughout with large, small and minute rounded yellow spots, coalescing on the median line to form a band. N. aniematicus Bergh. PI. 14, figs. 79, 80; pl. 15, figs. 86, 87, 88; pl. 6, fig. 39. Length 25, alt. 10, breadth 10 mill. Color dirty light yellowish- white, strongly and irregularly marbled and dotted with black and gray, most so on sole. Outer half of inner side of pleuropodia uni- form white the entire length; inner half brown-gray. Outer edge with numerous black flecks ; gill yellow. Form perhaps narrower than in the true Doridiums. The projecting, slightly concave an- terior border of head is produced on each side in a tentacular hook below the rhinophores (pl. 15, f. 87). Rhinophores rolled as in Pleurobranchus. Posterior shield a little longer than the anterior, its front edge but little raised. The hind edge of the shield seems to have a narrow free edge projecting above the tails (pl. 6, fig. 39, dorsal view of animal); but this may bea result of contraction. The tail-wings are somewhat as in Aglaja depicta, united above, sep- arated below. APLYSIID®. 59 Shell (pl. 14, figs. 79, 80) situated in the posterior part of hinder- body at the base of the tails, consisting of a chalky, white portion and a thin cuticular part double the width of the former. Penis as usual, the prostate gland T-shaped, granulose (pl. 15, fig. 86). Bay of Panama. Navarchus enigmaticus BERGH, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. elie pl tO. 11-02: pl. 11) f 6-9; pl. 12, f. 8-10; Il. TECTIBRANCHIATA ANASPIDEA. Tectibranchs without a fleshy head shield, the head bearing two or four folded or slit tentacles; shell spiral or plate-like, usually enclosed by the mantle, with posterior terminal nucleus; rarely ab- sent ; pleuropodial lobes developed. Penis near the right anterior tentacle, widely separated from the female orifice and vas deferens, which open near the gill. Two distantly related families compose this division : APLYsIID& with plate-like shell largely or wholly buried, or none ; a conspicuous furrow connecting the furrowed penis with the com- mon genital orifice; the radula multiserial. OXYNOEID# with the shell spirally convoluted, Bud/a-like, not buried ; no furrow between genital apertures, and, as far as known, a uniserial radula. Family APL YSIID. Animal lengthened, not protected by a shell, the neck and head narrower than body, mouth a vertical fissure; anterior angles of head produced in two tentacular lobes folded above; behind them the cylindric or conical rhinophores slit above, in front of which are the minute eyes. Epipodia or pleuropodia recurved over the back, forming two lateral or dorsal lobes enclosing mantle and gill. Gen- ital orifice within the dorsal slit, communicating by a long furrow with the invertable penis which is near the anterior right tentacle. Shell nearly or entirely covered by the mantle, uncoiled, in the form of a concave plate, sometimes absent. Mouth with corneous jaws and a large multiserial radula composed of similar teeth ; - stomach armed with cartilaginous nodules ; anus behind the gill. Rather large animals of flabby consistency, remarkable for the four large ear-like tentacles and high back, which have earned for 60 APLYSIID. them the name of Sea Hares. They are nearly world-wide in dis- tribution in tropical and temperate seas, and almost without excep- tion inhabit shallow water. Marine plants form their main food. Their colors in life are often bright and variegated, but in alcohol the green and violet tints are evanescent, fading usually to a dirty light olive; but the black pigment remains unchanged, so that markings of black or gray are premanent in specimens preserved in the ordinary manner. Being without shelly armor, Aplysiide are largely dependent upon imitative coloring for protection ; this being supplemented by the ability to expel a large amount of violet or purple fluid darken- ing the water around them, and also a milky fluid of nauseous odor. Only one species has been known to be utilized by man: Dolabella teremidi being esteemed and largely used for food by the natives of Borabora. The means of locomotion are varied: Tethys not only crawls, but swims actively by means of the muscular, wing-like pleuropodia, or “swimming lobes;” Dolabella, Petalifera, Phyllaplysia and other genera with largely united pleuropodia, are restricted to creeping like ordinary snails; Notarchus, which lives exclusively upon float- ing sea-weeds, has a narrow foot adapted to travelling along their slender stems, but has also been observed to dart rapidly by a forci- ble expulsion of water from the large gill cavity by contraction of its enclosing walls. This method, very exceptional in a gastropod, is quite analogous to that of the squids. Notes on external and internal anatomy. The notes following are mainly restricted to features useful for purposes of classification, the limits of this work denying space for any thorough discussion and illustration of the anatomy and histol- ogy of the group. The main external features of Aplystide are shown by the figures and diagrams on plates 35 and 66. The head and tentacles are sufficiently shown in pl. 35, fig. 31; to the right of the right rhino- phore or posterior tentacle is seen an eye, and the genital groove ; be- hind are seen the two pleuropodia or swimming lobes, one folded over the back, the other spread; within these is the oval mantle, the smooth inner portion of which encloses the shell, to which a median pore, the mantle foramen, opens; on the right is seen the free margin of mantle, which is fleshier, and contains along its inner APLYSIID A. 61 edge numerous glands secreting the purple fluid. Posteriorly the mantle spreads backward in a folded tongue or lobe, the excurrent siphon; at the base of this opens the anus, either as a pore ora short tube. Under the right side of mantle lies the gill, a single lunate plume. In pl. 35, fig. 52, the margin of the mantle is shown by the dotted line m m. Under its anterior right edge is seen the genital orifice, continued in the genital groove, gr.; behind this at o is seen the orifice of the opaline gland. The Opaline Gland (variously known as the “ grape bunch-shaped gland,” “ gland of Bohadsch,” etc.) is a rather large body, sometimes consisting of numerous oval unicellular glands each with its inde- pendent efferent duct (pl. 33, fig. 25), but usually composed of a a grape bunch-like mass of cells communicating with a common cavity, opening externally by one orifice (pl. 33, fig. 24). Three sorts of cells compose it: odoriferous cells, color-secreting or pur- purigene cells, and giant mucus cells; the first two present the same histological features, the protoplasm being granulose, the nu- clei generally visible ; in the mucus glands the protoplasm is homo- genous, nucleus not always visible. The gland secretes three liquids: a white and odorous fluid which imparts to Aplysia its dis- gusting smell, a violet and a mucous substance. In some species the violet secretion is wanting. Morphologically the gland is similar to the purple-secreting glands of the mantle. It is ecto- dermal in origin, innervated from the pedal ganglion, and its special function is apparently the secretion of odorous fluid for defensive purposes. It seems to be special to the Ap/ysiide, and probably has no homologue in the Cephalaspidea. The radula in Aplysiide is broad, somewhat lance-head shaped (pl. 33, fig. 23; pl. 9, fig. 18, 14), composed of many rows of nu- merous, nearly similar teeth with denticulate cusps, the rachidian tooth being wider, with bilobed spreading base. In Tethys the teeth have long cusps, closely serrate on both outer and inner sides (pl. 9, figs. 11, 12, T. punctata). In Dolabella the radula is extremely peculiar, the teeth being all unicuspid, very narrow, not serrate. See under sub-family Dola- belline. In Dolabrifera the denticles on the cusps are few, laterals mostly tridenticulate, with no denticles on the inner margins of cusps. In Petalifera the radula is considerably like that of Dolabrifera (pl. 55, fig. 12, P. virescens). 62 APLYSIID. In Phyllaplysia the teeth are tricuspid, denticles broad and ob- tuse (pl. 9, fig. 26, P. lafonti). In Notarchus the teeth are narrow with long cusps closely serrate or barbed on both inner and outer edges. The buccal mass (pl. 62, fig. 4, bm) is large and muscular, two much lengthened salivary glands (s. g.) enter it, one on each side of the long cesophagus. The stomach (s) consists of three portions: an anterior thin-walled sack, a median hard and muscular belt armed inside with pyramidal cartilaginous nodules for triturating the food, and following this a thin-walled portion containing inter- nally smaller nodules or spur-like appendages. This passes into the intestine (7), which is coiled about the large liver or digestive gland (d. gl.), the ducts of which, several in number, enter it near the point marked x. Becoming free from the liver, the intestine crosses the ovo-testis in a groove, and terminates externally at the base of the excurrent siphon (see pl. 62, fig. 4, Aclesia pleii Rang; pl. 9, fig. 15, Tethys punctata ; pl. 40, fig. 2, Notarchus punctatus Phil.). The genital system (pl. 62, figs. 1, 2, Aclesia plett Rang) consists of a hermaphrodite gland or ovo-testis (0. t.) which communicates spermatozoa and ova by a common duct, the small hermaphrodite duct (h. d.), to the “ annexed genital mass,” G. In this mass the hermaphrodite duct splits (fig. 3, div.): by one branch (the Cu- vierian duct, Cuv.), communicating with the spermatheca, sp., the other branch, oviduct, involved in a complex series of convolutions partly concealed in the annexed mass (fig. 3, diagrammatic, show- ing convolutions of oviduct [ov.], Cuvierian duct [ Cuv.] and sper- matheca |sp]). The middle of the annexed genital mass is com- posed of the albumen gland (a/d.), visible only on the lower surface of the mass. At the base of this mass is the spermatheca, sp. ; downward is the greater hermaphrodite passage (ghd), bearing be- low the globular Swammerdam’s vesicle (S. v.), which is functional as a reservoir of spermatozoa; and the female system ends below this in the external opening (0). Thence the male system continues as a groove or furrow in the integument passing forward to the vicinity of the right anterior tentacle, where the penis is situated. This organ (seen retracted in pl. 62, fig. 2, and extended in pl. 37, fig. 19) is grooved lengthwise, continuing the furrow just described, for the passage of spermatozoa. It is retracted by a muscle at- tached distally to the body wall (fig. 2, 7m.). APLYSIID®. 63 Pl. 62, figs. 1, 2, represent Ac/esia pleit ; fig. 3, isa diagrammatic figure representing the internal structure of the annexed genital mass of Aplysia. Laterature of the Aplysiide. (1) After the early work of Bonapsca on the anatomy, and LinnE on the “system,” of Aplysia, the group received little atten- tion until (II) Cuvier published his Memoire sur le genre Aplysia in 1805. This was followed by an anatomical and systematic mon- ograph of the Mediterranean forms by DrELLEe Carase (1823), and an illustrated monograph by BLarinvILLy in Journal de Physique, etc., Vol. 96,1825. This monograph is the only systematic work on the group which the writer has not seen. Its substance seems to be repeated by Blainville in his articles, “ Litvre marin” and “ Dolabelle,’ in the Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, 1819, 1823. See also his Manuel de Malacologie, 1825. The next stage (III) in the history of the group is represented by Rana’s monographic Histoire Naturelle des Aplysiens, 1825; one of the most satisfactory monographs ever written on a mollusk group, and, although now nearly seventy years old, still singularly useful and complete. Scarcely any descriptions of species by more recent writers approach those of Rang in lucidity and comprehen- siveness. All of the main genera were understood by Rang, although he considered them subdivisions only of Aplysia, using that generic term in a rather wider than Lamarckian sense. Sub- sequent systematic work on the family has added little to Rang’s foundation aside from new species. The genera Aplysia, Dolabella and Dolabrifera have been monographed by SowERBy in the Conch- ologia Iconica, but as the plan of that work excluded all but purely shell features, these treatises are practically useless in the study of the Aplysiide, the shells of which are comparatively uncharacter- istic. - (IV) In quite recent times the Ap/ysiide have attracted the at- tention of numerous morphologico-systematic zoologists, among whom may be mentioned BLrocuMANN, Mittheil. Zool. Sta. Neapel, 1884; VaysstERE, Recherches sur les Mollusques Opistobranches, 1885, MazzareE_i, Atti della R. Accademia Scienze, etc., Napoli, 1890, 1891; Zool. Anz., 1889, etc.; Zuccarpi, Boll. Soc. Nat. Napoli, 1890, and others. Nearly all of these investigations have been made on Mediterranean forms. 64 APLYSIIDA. The Aplysiide, as a whole, are among the most modified Tecti- branchs. None of the existing genera approach the primitive con- dition of the family. No fossil forms are known. ANALYTICAL KEY TO GENERA OF APLYSIID. a. Anterior ends of pleuropodial (dorsal) lobes well separated, the lobes mobile and freely separable, at least in front; shell thin, with but little lime; genital orifice in front of the gill. Ex- ternal integument not warty. Lateral teeth with long cusps, serrate on both sides, Aplysvine. b. Rhinophores (posterior tentacles) situated near the middle of the space from anterior ends of dorsal lobes to the front. tentacles ; genital orifice under edge of mantle, |. Ternys. bb. Rhinophores small, situated between anterior ends of dor- sal lobes; mantle posterior, the genital orifice in front of and not covered by it, II. PARAPLYSIA. aa. Anterior ends of pleuropodial lobes contiguous, separated only by the genital groove, the lobes not freely mobile or readily spread outward; external integument usually warty or rough- ened. b. Genital opening well in front of the main mass of the gill ; © radula with a wide central tooth, and narrower laterals with several denticles, Dolabrijerine. c. Mantle covering gill, at least in part; dorsal slit. mainly or wholly behind middle of the animal’s length ; sole of foot broad. d. A small but well-developed shell present; back of animal convex. e. Body widest behind middle ; no opening in the mantle exposing the shell; gill largely uncovered by, and projecting beyond, the mantle, III. DonaABRIFERA. ee. Body widest near the middle; a large open- ing in mantle exposing part of the shell, IV. PETALIFERA. dd. Shell wanting ; body very flat; teeth tricuspid, blunt, V. PHYLLAPLYSIA. ce. Gill not in the least covered by mantle; dorsal slit subcentral; sole narrower than the body; shell a minute vestige or absent ; body plump, VI. Norarcuvus. TETHYS. 65 bb. Genital opening under the hind part of the gill; shell mainly calcareous, with deeply cut, curved posterior sinus, and subspiral, calloused spire; radula without central tooth, the teeth all narrow, of the same form, and with long, simple cusps, Dolabelline. VII. DoLaBe.ia. Subfamily Artysrn Pilsbry. Pleuropodial lobes well-developed, their anterior ends separated ; genital orifice in front of the gill; radula with wide, denticulate rhachidian teeth, and narrower, serrate and denticulate laterals, Shell flexible. Genus TETHYS Linné, 1758. Tethys Linn., Syst. Nat. (10), p. 653, types limacina (unidentify- able) and leporina (1758).—Pitssry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1895, p. 347. NOT Tethys Linn., 1767, nor Tethys, Tethis, Thethys, Thetis, etc., of subsequent authors, to the present day.— Aplysia Liny., Syst. Nat. (12), p. 1072, and of most subsequent and all mod- ern authors.—Laplysia Linn., tom. cit., p. 1082, type depilans.— Siphonotus A. ADAMS & REEVE, Zool. Samarang, Moll., p. 64 (1848), type S. geographicus (preoccupied).—Syphonota Pease, P. Z. S., 1860, p. 23.—Syphonopyge Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs, iii, Malacozoa, pt. 2, p. 799 (1866), type S. geographi- cus.—Neaplysia Cooper, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., iil, p. 57 (1863), A. californica Coop.—Esmia Lracu, Synopsis Moll. Gt. Brit., p.33 (1852), type E. griffithsiana = young Tethys punctata Cuy.—Lernea Bouapscu, 1761, (not binomial), and of Linnzus’ 5th and 6th editions.—Dolabella Risso, 1826, and in part of Lamarck, 1822. Animal swollen behind, narrower in front, with rather long neck and head, bearing folded tentacles and slit rhinophores as usual in the family, the latter about midway between tentacles and dorsal slit. Pleuropodia arising in front of the middle of animal’s length, ample, freely mobile, free throughout their length or united for a distance behind, functional as swimming lobes; anterior ends sep- arated. Mantle nearly covering the gill, having a median tube, foramen or orifice communicating with shell-cavity, and produced behind in a more or less developed lobe or lobes, folded to form an excurrent siphon. Genital orifice under front edge of mantle, in front of gill; opaline gland present, a short distance behind genital opening. Foot well-developed. 5 66 TETHYS. Shell very thin, membranous with a thin calcareous inner layer, nearly as large as mantle, concave, with pointed, small apex, bearing a recurved lamina, and having a concave posterior sinus. Distribution: all tropical and warm temperate seas. A reference to the table of genera on p. 64, will show the general relations this genus bears toward other genera of the family. Species of Tethys have been known and noticed in the literature of the precocious Mediterranean peoples from very early times. The resemblance to a land mammal commemorated in the English com- mon name, Sea-Hare, was first noticed by the Greeks, who called it Lagoés thalassios. 'The Romans and medizval writers paraphrased this in Lepus marinus; and the French vernacular Lievre de mer, the Italian Lepre marina, etc., retain the same idea. Some other French names for the slabby beast, more appropriate than polite, are given by Rang. The natural history compilers of the Roman and Middle Age periods, collected all sorts of absurd popular stories about the dangerous and deadly qualities of Aplysia; for the water- side folk the world over usually consider any uneatable animal as dangerous or poisonous. The memory of one of these tales—that baldness resulted from handling the animal—survives in the name of one of the species, depilans. The nauseous odor of the living animal may have something to do with its ill repute. Aplysias not only crawl with facility, but the typical species swim freely and rapidly by means of a wing-like motion of the pleuro- podia or “ swimming lobes.” The generic name of the genus has been discussed by the writer in Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1895, pp. 847-350 ; but a brief re- statement of the facts there brought forward may be useful in this place. The genus Tethys was founded by Linné in the tenth edition of the Systema Nature, p. 653 (1858), for two species, both of which are unquestionably sea-hares. In the twelfth edition (1767) of the Systema, p. 1089, Linné wholly alters the diagnosis of Tethys, applying that generic name to the Nudibranch still known as Tethys (see Tryon, Structural and Systematic Conchology, ii, p. 381, pl. 90, f. 15; Fischer, Manuel, p. 538, pl. 18, £9; Woodward, Manual, pl.13,f.9). In this edition of the Systema, a new name, Aplysia or Laplysia, is proposed for the sea-hares. It would seem, therefore, that if we are to adopt the TETHYS. 67 tenth edition of the Systema, 1758, as the starting point for binomial nomenclature, no option is left us but to restore the earliest name, Tethys, to this group, and to reject that term from the nomenclature of nudibranchiata. The features most depended on for specific characters are (1) the size and degree of union posteriorly of the swimming lobes; (2) the nature of the mantle-foramen leading to shell-cavity, which may be a large orifice, a minute puncture, or a little tube; (3) the degree of development of the free posterior lobes of mantle forming the ex- current siphon; (4) the nature of the opaline gland, grape-bunch- like or scattered, the former having a single external opening, the latter many ; (5) the consistency and form of shell; and (6) color- pattern (rather than color), and general proportions of animal. The structure of the penis will probably be utilized also, iv future. The dentition presents slight differential characters, but too small to be of any practical value in discriminating species, so far as pub- lished figures and my own preparations go. Perhaps a wider range of observations will show greater divergence. A large amount of work remains to be done before the internal classification of Tethys can be said to approach the standard of present-day zoology. So many species are still imperfectly known, or described merely from the least characteristic organ—the shell— that any attempt at a natural arrangement of the species now possi- ble will doubtless be subject to much revision in the future. Asa preliminary sketch is offered the following : Synopsis of Subgenera and Sections. Subgenus Teruys Linné. Body not prolonged backward in an attenuated tail; sole of foot wide. Section Tethys (restricted). Swimming lobes ample and free behind as far as their junction with the foot; opaline gland of the “grape-bunch” type, opening externally by a single orifice; mantle having a subcentral minute foramen or a little tube communicating with shell cavity; shell with no accessory plate arising within the upper margin. Type 7, leporina Linn. 68 TETHYS. Section Neaplysia Cooper, 1863. Swimming lobes short, somewhat united behind ; opaline gland opening externally by a single orifice ; mantle having a minute sub- central tube communicating with shell cavity; shell having a mem- branous erect accessory plate arising near the apex. Type and only species, 7. californica Coop. Section Aplysia Linné, 1766. Swimming lobes ample, united behind the excurrent siphon ; opa- line gland multiple, opening externally by numerous independent ducts; mantle having a rather large oval thin-edged opening into shell cavity ; shell with no accessory plate, usually convex and cal- eareous. Type, 7. depilans Linné. Subgenus PHycopHiLa Adams, 1861. Body compressed with long tail and narrow sole. Type, T. euchlora Ad. In the following pages the species are arranged geographically, this being, perhaps, the best plan for the present, many forms being still known by the shell alone, and the characters necessary for the natural classification of some others are still unknown. The section Neaplysia consists of but one known species, NV. cali- fornica, p. 89. Section Aplysia is widely distributed, and contains the following species : European Seas: punctata, depilans. West Atlantic and Antillean: parvula. West America: rangiana, (? nigra, ? inea). Polynesia : elongata. Australian Seas: concava ? China and Japan: fusca. Western Indian Ocean: nigrocineta. Habitat unknown. anguilla ? Section Tethys is the most numerous in species, and occurs on all tropical and warm temperate coasts except western North America. All species not enumerated above are supposed to belong to this group; and probably nigra and inca of Orbigny also group here, although they have the swimming lobes united behind as in the re- stricted section Aplysia. TETHYS—EUROPEAN. 69 I. Species of European Seas. a. Swimming lobes united behind as far up as the excurrent siphon ; mantle having a wide median orifice exposing the shell, its edges not thickened. A group of unicellular glands each with independent duct in place of the opaline gland depilans, punctata. aa. Swimming lobes free to their union with the fout behind ; man- tle having a median minute perforation or a little tube. 6. Opaline gland with multiple ducts; green; length 27 em. lobiancot 6b. Opaline gland grape-bunch like, with one duct. c. Length 12-20 cm.; very dark, sometimes flecked with light leporina ce. Length 6 cm.; obscure green, marbled with black marmorata ccc. Pale yellowish with scattered black rings dactylomela fT. DEPILANS Linné. Pl. 23, figs. 26, 27; pl. 24; pl. 33, fig. 25. Length about 20 em. Shorter and more compressed than T. lep- orina. Swimming lobes united behind as far forward as the mantle siphon; foot rounded posteriorly. Mantle or gill-cover with a broad round orifice leading into the shell-cavity, and surrounded by dark brown rays. On the under side of mantle edge the numerous glands secreting a milky fluid (homologous with the purple glands _ of T. leporina) open. Siphon of the mantle shorter than in lepo- rina; genital and anal openings as in /eporina. Behind the genital opening there are numerous one-celled glands each with its separate opening, in place of the grape-bunch like gland of leporina (pl. 33, fig. 25). Color extremely variable ; generally the ground is light brown, often gray-brown, rarely quite dark, always with white or light gray spots with irregular outlines. Shell similar to that of leporina, but with stronger calcareous layer. Mediterranean and Adriatic Seas; Atlantic: Torbay, 8. coast Devon, England, and Channel Is.; W. coast of France, Madeira, (? and Cape of Good Hope). Laplysia depilans L., Syst. Nat., 12, p. 1082, founded mainly on Lernea of Bohadsch, de quibusdam animalius marinis, etc., pl. 1-3. —Baresvt, The Gen. Vermium, p. 31, pl. 3, f.5,6.—Brua., Encyel. Méth., pl. 83, 84 (copied from Bohadsch).—Lam., An. s. Vert., PEN- 70 TETHYS—EUROPEAN. NANT, B. Zool., iv, p. 35, pl. 21, f. 21.— Aplysia depilans GMEL.., Syst. p- 3103.— Rane, Hist. Nat. Aplys, p. 62, pl. 16, 17.—VayssIERE, Rech. Moll. Opistobr., p. 65, f. 51-58 (anatomy).—BLocHMANN, Mittheil. Zool. Stat. Neapel, v, p. 32, pl. 3, f 2,5, 10 (anat.).— ZuccaRDI, Boll. Soc. Nat. in Napoli, (1), iv, p. 6, pl. 1, f. 1, 4, 10, 18, 15; pl. 2, f. 25-29 (teeth and jaws)— Warson, Challenger Gas- trop., p. 673.—Monrs., J. de Conchyl., 1877, p. 46.— Tethys lima- cina LINNE, Syst. Nat., 10, p.653, teste Linné, S. N., 12, p. 1082.— ? Dolabella fragilis Lam., An.s. Vert., vi, 2me pt., p. 42 (1822).— ? Aplysia “major” LANKESTER, Philos. Trans., clxv, 1875, p. 13 (embryology).—A. petersoni Sows., Genera of Shells, Aplysia, fig. 1.—? Dolabella lavis Buarny., Dict. Se. Nat., xiii, p. 395.—A plisia leporina DELLE CutaJsE, Memorie, pp. 28, 41, 71, pl. 2, 4,5 (1823). —Aplisia poliana DELLE CuIaJE, t. ¢., p. 30,73, pl. 3, f. 1.—A. poli DELLE CHIAJE, t. ¢., p. 72.—A. vulgaris Buatnv., Man. de Malacol., p. 472, referring to Journ. de Phys., Vol. 96, fig. 8 (1825). The large orifice in the mantle over the shell, surrounded by brown rays, and the posteriorly united swimming lobes are charac- teristic. T. punctTaTa Cuvier. Plate 30, figs. 1 to 11. Length 7-15 em. but mostly smaller; form about as in 7. depi- lans. Swimming lobes completely united behind as far forward as the excurrent siphon, not very ample. Upper surface of mantle irides- cent, with a large, oval orifice leading into shell-cavity ; edge with purple glands as in 7. leporina, and unicellular glands with granu- lar contents, probably slime glands. Behind the genital open- ing is a group of one-celled glands as in 7. depilans. Color purplish-black, brownish or greenish-brown, always closely spotted with pale rounded dots and small spots, which usually show some opaque white specks. Alcoholic specimens (well preserved) are gray (produced by minute ashy speckling on a clear ground) with pale spots, the lobes darker, their inside edges with alternating dark and light bars, man- tle brown. Occasionally all pigment is lost. Shell quite convex, pale yellow outside, ovate, the outer margin hardly angular ; beak well incurved ; calcareous layer nearly coex- tensive with the membranous, and moderately strong. Mediterranean and Adriatic Seas; Atlantic from Norway and all British coasts, to the Canaries. TETHYS—EUROPEAN. alt Laplysia punctata Cuvier, Ann. du Mus., ii, p. 295, pl. 1, f. 2-4 (1803); Regne Anim., ii, p. 398—Rane,{Hist. Nat. Aplys., p. 65, pl. 18, f. 2-4.—Purt., Enum. Moll. Sicil., p. 124; ii, p. 97, pl. 22, f. 1.—Jxrrrreys, Brit. Conch., v, p. 5. pl. 1, f.1.—Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Nory., pl. xii, f. 18 (anatomy).—VayssIERE, Rech. Moll. Opistobr., p. 68, f. 67-69 (anatomy)—Sows., Conch. Icon., f. 41 a, b (shell)—Briocumany, Mittheil. Z. Stat. Neap., v, p. 34, pl. 3, f. 3, 6, 11, 13—Zuccarp1, Boll. Soc. Nat. Nap. (1), iv, p. 5, pl. 1, f 8, 6, 9, 12, 16, 30-33 (jaws and teeth)—McInrosu, The Marine Invert. and Fishes of St. Andrews, p. 84, pl. 3, f. 1—A. hybrida Sows., Brit. Mise., pl. 53 (1806).—Forsres «& Haney, Hist. Br. Moll., iii, p. 544, pl. 114F, f. 4, and YY, f. 1.—J. depilans PENn., Brit. Zool., edit. 4, Vol. iv, p. 42, pl. 21, f. 21—A. varians Leacn, Syn. Moll. Gt. Brit., p. 33 (1852).—? Esmia griffithsiana Leacu, t. ¢., p. 34, pl. 7, f. 8-10 (young) =griffithsie Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim. ili, pl. 268, f. 18.—A. mustelina Davies, in Penn. Brit. Zool. edit., 1812, iv, p. 79, pl. 22—A. nexa THompson, Ann. Nat., Hist., xv, p. 318, pl. 19, f. 8 (1845).—Aplisia cuviert and A. cuvieriana DELLE CnrasE, Memorie, p. 41, 71 (1823).—A. guttata Sars, Archiv fur Naturg., 1840, p. 213, pl. 7, f. a-g (embryology).—? A. dumortiert CANTRAINE, Malac. Médit. et Lit., p. 71, pl. 3, f. 2 (very young).— A. subquadrata “ Gould,” Sows., Conch. Icon., xvii, pl. 9, f. 39a, 0. Conf. Amer. Journ. Conch., v, p. 222.—Aplysia punctata—cuviert DELLE Cutase, Mem. An.s. Vert. de Regno di Napoli, pl. 77, f. 15, 16.—A. marginata Pare., Enum, Moll. Sicil., ii, p. 98, pl. 22, f 2. —? A. marginata Buainy., Journ. de Phys., Vol. 96, 1823, p. 285, f.5; Dict. Se. Nat., xxvi, p. 326; (described from specimens of un- known origin, in coll. of the College of Surgeons, London).—Aphy- sia albo-punctata Desu., Traité Elém, de Conch., ii, p. 59 (name only) pl. 92, figs. 1, 2 (1839-1857, Atlas, 1864).—A. cuvieri Delle Chiaje, FiscHer, Faune Conch. mar. Gironde 2e Suppl., in Actes Soe, Linn. Bord., xxix, 1874, p. 193.—Monts., J. de Conchyl., 1877, p. 46.—A. longicornis Rane, Hist. Nat. Aplys., p. 66, pl. 19, f. 1-4 (1828).— Aplysia stellata Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid., p. 43; Journ. de Physique, de Chimie et d’ Hist. Nat. Ixxxvii, p. 375 (1818). —? Aplysia rosea RATHKE, Skrivter af Naturhistorie-Selskabet, v, Iste Hefte, p. 85, 147, pl. 3, f. 12 a, 6 (1799). This is smaller than the preceding species, with the lobes more united posteriorly, the orifice over the shell larger (its edge very (fe TETHYS—EUROPEAN. finely radially crenulate), and the system of coloring different. It is also more widely diffused. The name A. rosea of Rathke, if really belonging to this species, has precedence over punctata ; but it was founded on a young speci- men, and the coloring described (“ roseate, spotted with white and brown ”’) is unlike any specimens known to me. It was from near Christiania. Jeffreys (Brit. Conch., v, p. 7) refers the A. varians and Esmia grifithsiana of Leach to punctata. The descriptions and figures of these are very ambiguous. T. LEPORINA Linné. PI. 33, fig. 20, 21, 22, 23, 24. Length of adults about 12-30 em. Form when resting, compar- atively high and narrow. Epipodial lobes large, completely free to the hind part of the foot. Foward tentacles are mere flat prolonga- tions of the integument on each side of the mouth. The small eyes are forward from the bases of the true tentacles. Foot rather acute posteriorly; mantle or gill-cover with a foramen produced in a small tube in the middle above; the unicellular purple glands open- ing on the under side of its edge. Posteriorly the mantle edge forms a short siphon, in the depth of which lies the anus. Genital opening under the front end of the gill. Behind the genital open- ing is the orifice of the grape-like opaline gland (fig. 24). The albumen gland is orange-red. Color deep velvety blackish-violet, frequently with gray or with whitish flecks. Tentacles and edges of epipodial lobes often with a more or less intense red border. Sole and inside of lobes lighter. Radula with the formula 30°1°30 to 50°1°50 when adult, 70-80 transverse rows (pl. 33, fig. 23). Shell 70 mill. long, 60 broad, 20 high, subquadrangular, convex, thin, subopaque, composed of two layers: the external layer is cor- neous, pale amber-yellow, membranous, and readily separated from the calcareous, vitreous lighter and shining inner layer. Surface with growth lines and obsolete radial folds and grooves. Spire covered by an irregular callous deposit. Western basin of the Mediterranean ; abundant on the coasts of Italy (Naples, ete.), Sicily, Algiers, southern coast of France (Gulf of Marseilles, etc.). Tethys leporina LINNe, Syst. Nat., 10, p. 563 (founded on Lepus marinus of Rondelet, Lib. de Pisce. marinis, p. 520, woodcut).— TETHYS—EUROPEAN. 73 Laplisia fasciata Bosc, Hist. Nat. des Vers, i, 1802, p. 63.—Laply- sia fasciata Porret, Voy. en Barbarie, ii, p. 2 ; and in German trans- lation of same, Reise in die Barbarey, 2ter Theil, p. 67 (1789).— GMEL., Syst. Nat., 13, p. 3103.—Cuvier, Ann. du Mus,, iii, p. 295, pl. 2-4 (anatomy).—Rane, Hist. Nat. Aplys., p. 54, pl. 6, 7.— VayssIERE, Rech. Moll. Opistobr., p. 60, figs. 59-66 (anatomy).— Bug., Dautz, & Dottr., Moll. Rouss., i, p. 546, pl. 65, f. 4, 5 (shell). —Monts., Journ. de Conchyl., 1877, p. 45, and of authors generally. —A. depilans Buainv., Journ. de Phys., Vol. 96, p. 285 (1823), and Dict. Se. Nat., xxvi, p. 327; Man. de Malacol., pl. 48, f. 4— ? Dolabella lepus Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid., iv, p. 44, pl. 1, f. 1, 2 (1826).—A plysia lepus Poin. (de novo), Enum. Moll. Sicil., 11, p. 99 (1844).—Aplisia neapolitana and napolitana DELLE CHIAJE, Mem. su la storia e Notomia delgi Anim. s. Vert. del Reg. di Nap- oli, i, pp. 31, 39, 70, ete. pl. 3, f. 2 (1823).—A. camelus CuviER, Ann. du Mus, d’Hist. Nat., ii, p. 295, pl. 1, f. 1 (1803),—A. camelh- formis Locarp, Annales de la Soc. d’Agricult., ete. de Lyon, fifth ser., vill, p. 66 (1886).—A. alba Cuv., |. ¢., pl. 1, f. 5, 6 (both founded on alcoholic and decolored specimens).—A. limacina L., BriocuMann, Mittheil. Z. Stat. Neapel, v, p. 29, pl. 3, f. 1, 4, 9, 12. —Zuccarpvti, Boll. della Soe. di Naturalisti in Napoli, iv, p. 5, pl. 1, f. 2, 5, 7, 8, 11, 14; pl. 2, f. 17-24, 34-37 (1890). Probably not Tethys limacina Linné, an absolutely unidentifiable species subse- quently referred to A. depilans by Linn.— Aplysia radiata CRoucn, Illustr. Introd. Lam. Conch., p. 44, pl. 14, f.10, 10a (1827). This is an abundant species, differing from depilans and punctata in the free backward extension of the dorsal lobes, and the minute foramen in the mantle leading to the shell-cavity, with the edges thickened, somewhat tubular. I have not seen the original edition of Poiret’s travels in which A. fasciata was first published, and therefore do not know its date. It was apparently after 1786, the last year of the voyage, and be- fore 1788, because Gmelin cites it in the Systema. The German translation is 1789. I adopt Linnzeus’ specific name because Ronde- let’s figure and description of the coloration agree well with this species, and not with any other European Sea Hare. T. Loprancor Mazzarelli. Unfigured. Length (in alcohol) 27 em. Green. Swimming-lobes free as far as their union with the foot behind, as in leporina. Gill-cover 74 TETHYS—EUROPEAN. ample, and its opening is very small. Siphon as in Jeporina, long; and over its inner right wall lies a very large anal opening. Gillas figured by Blochmann for depilans. Genital opening lies under the gill-cover a little in front of the gill, as in other Aplysias. Sperm- groove ends a little before the right tentacle, as in leporina and chierchiana. The tentacles show nothing characteristic. The radula is lancet-shaped, with 37 rows, the median ones with 41°1°41 teeth. Penis similar in shape to that of depilans, but it is not black (in alcohol), and its sheath does not show the papille as in depilans. The opaline-gland (or gland behind the genital opening) consists of a group of one-celled glands, each with its separate efferent duct, as in depilans, lessoni and punctata. Shell 75 mill. long, very thin, entirely transparent and almost without chalky layer. In general it agrees nearly with that of leporina. Bay of Posilippo, Gulf of Naples (Lo Bianco). Aplysia lobiancoti MaszARELLI, Nachrichtsbl. D. Malak. Gesell- sch. xxii, 1890, p. 42. This species seems to have been described from one alcoholic spec- imen, scarcely to be distinguished from /eporina in external anatomy, but with the opaline gland and penis more as in depilans. It can hardly be regarded as well founded until living specimens are de- scribed, and the anatomical features are found to be constant. T. MaRMoRATA Blainville. Pl. 33, figs. 26, 27, 28, 29. Length about 60 mill. Oval, smooth, the foot acute behind. Swimming-lobes large. Mantle broad with a median tube; the ex- current siphon conic and quite long. Color, obscure greenish, mar- bled with black spots. Shell ovate, elongated, very concave, nearly membranaceous, or at least with a slight calcareous layer readily lost in alcohol; buff livid; apex feebly curved toward the upper sinus of the shell, which is far back and little arcuate. Length 20 mill. West coast of France ; Bayonne, Rochelle, ete. A. marmorata BLAINv., Dict.Se. Nat. xxvi, p. 326 (1823) ; Journ. de Phys., Vol. 96, p. 286, f.3, 4—Rana, Hist. Nat. Aplys., p. 58, pl. 12, f. 6-9. I have not seen thisspecies. It will probably group near leporina. TETHYS—ANTILLEAN. 75 T. MELANOPUS Crouch. PI. 38, figs. 1, 2. This form is described as 43 inches long, very plump, foot of a dark brown color; whole of the body with the exception of the man- tle and foot, is marked with tints of red on the brilliant yellow sur- face. The shell is two inches wide, half-oval, thin, subcartilaginous and marked with faint lines diverging from the straight border ; almost, but not exactly in the middle of the upper portion was a prominence or projection, but so injured as not to be accurately defined. Its surface was slightly tinged with brown. East coast of Cornwall. Aplysia melanopus Croucn, P. Z. S., 1870, p. 173, figs. 1, 2. Known to me by Crouch’s description and figures. The struct- ural characters are still unknown. ‘Type is in British Museum. II. Species of the West Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico. a. Mantle with a minute median perforation or a little tube; opa- line gland opening by a single orifice. b. Variegated with rings or ocellated spots. c. With scattered large black rings, dactylomela, ceequorea. cc. With many small rings, protea, schrammi. bb. Maculated or clouded with blackish; shell with extremely thin calcareous layer, livida, willeoxi, cailleti. bbb. Uniform black outside, or nearly so. ce. Mantle with a tube; swimming lobes arising far back unicolored, braziliana. ec. Mantle with perforation ; lobes with spots along inner margin, floridensis. aa. Mantle with a large median orifice. b. Animal small; shell very convex, calcareous, parvula. T. DACTYLOMELA Rang. PI. 32, figs. 16, 17, 18, 19. Length about 17 em. Always much swollen, with elongated lead and tail; rugose. Mantle or gill-cover with w minute central tube, and a well developed siphon behind. Swimming lobes not united as far forward as the siphon. Color pale yellow of various shades, more or less covered in differ- ent individuals, with black rings, irregular and of various sizes. Inner sides of lobes and the mantle with large black spots of different forms. Borders of the swimming lobes tinged with violet. 76 TETHYS—ANTILLEAN. Shell large, much dilated, a little diaphanous, amber colored out- side, with a visible enamel within; posterior sinus deeply arcuate ; beak recurved, triangular, thick and calloused. Alt. 42 mill. Strait of St. Iago, Cape Verde Is. (Rang); Bermuda ?, Bahamas ? Florida ? Aplysia dactylomela RANG, Hist. Nat. Aplys., p. 56, pl. 9 (1828).— RocuHEBRUNE, Nouv. Arch. du Mus., 1881, p. 264. A. ocellata Ors., Hist. Nat. des Iles Canaries Moll., p. 44, pl. 5, f. 1-4. A. equorea HEILPRIN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1888, p. 325, pl.16,f.2; and The Bermuda Islands, p. 185, pl. 15, f. 2a, 2b (1889). Conf. Dosson, Journ. Linn. Soc., xv, p. 159. Like T. leporina, this species has a minute, tubular foramen over the shell. Several east and west Atlantic forms agreeing in the marking of dark rings and the minute, tubular orifice in the mantle, may best be included as varieties under dactylomela until they are shown to have differential features of value. Var. OCELLATA Orbigny. Plate 31, figs. 12, 13, 14, 15. Length 33 cm. Elongated, flabby, very fleshy, thick, enlarged behind; neck long; mouth encircled by rather wide lips and large, thick buccal appendages, depressed and convoluted at their ends; tentacles stout, short, conic ; eyes small, placed in front of the ten- tacles. Swimming lobes large, equal, thick, united behind. Mantle large, without orifice above, ending posteriorly in a wide, thin tongue, sometimes greatly extended. Gills foliated in regular branches, which sometimes are extraordinary prolonged. Foot narrow, folded, strongly contracted at neck, and acuminate behind. Colors: The sides, neck and head are marked by ocellations of black violet which surround a yellow spot subdivided by crack-like lines. The intervals between ocellze are yellow, subdivided in the same way with black-violet lines. On the head, in front of the tentacles, are two more regular ocelli. Tentacles and buccal append- ages are zebra-striped with the same color on a yellowish ground, more or less violet tinged. Parts bordering the foot visibly violet. Inside of lobes clear violet, marked with indistinct longitudinal lines. Mantle violet, with yellow spots divided by lines; and there is one rounded black spot, surrounded by a marginal band of very deep violet. The gills are clear rose-violet. Foot rose color. TETHYS—ANTILLEAN, Ue Shell of the usual form, very thin, and provided at the beak with a strong raised plate above, which is not found in European species. Near Santa Cruz, Teneriffe, Canaries (Orb.). Var. eQUOREA Heilprin. PI. 35, figs. 33, 34, 35. “Length about 42 inches. Body broadly oval, with a moderately elongated neck ; tentacles cylindrical, slit at the extremity ; buccal lobes broad, infolded ; opercular cavity on a slightly raised papilla” Swimming lobes very ample, free, united behind only at their insertion far back on the foot, which seems short posteriorly. Right edge of mantle deeply sinused at its posterior third, with a short excurrent siphon. Genital orifice slightly in front of, and below the anterior insertion of gill. Opal-gland with a single orifice about 6 mill. back of genital orifice. Color (in alcohol) light olive-gray, with very sparsely scattered irregular and unequal rings, traced in narrow black lines, and rang- ing from 3 to 5 mill. diam. There are also a few irregular black lines. Insides of swimming lobes and the mantle unicolored brownish- drab, free from markings, except for a couple of small black blotches within left lobe. Shell with a moderately strong layer of lime at the apex, thick- ened, calloused, and refleced backward in an erect plate (somewhat like a Pholas valve); outer layer yellow, membranous ; posterior sinus rather deeply concave, nearly half the shell’s length, and form- ing an angle with the outer lip. Leagth about 42 mill. Bermuda, in shallow water, south side of Castle Harbor, opposite Tucker’s Town. The above description is from the type collected by Professor Heilprin. It is considerably contracted and the shell has been re- moved. ‘The original description was also from the alcoholic (not the living) animal, the length being supplied from memory. As Heilprin remarks, this form differs from dactylomela and ocellata in lacking the markings on the mantle and the insides of swimming lobes ; moreover in this individual the black circles are very few in number and delicately outlined, and the swimming lobes are not violet bordered. As it was not described living, no complete com- parison can be made with d’Orbigny’s circumstantial account of ocellata. The identity of the Bermuda Ap/ysia commented upon by Dobson, that collected in the Bahamas by Dr. Dolley, and the A. schrammiu of Deshayes, with the present form remains problematic 78 TETHYS—-ANTILLEAN. until series of specimens can be examined. Dobson’s Bermuda spec- ~ imen had the mantle much variegated. It is likely that the type of equorea is young, hardly over half-grown. T. pROTEA Rang. PI. 37, figs. 20, 21, 22. Length 16 cm. Body slabby, extremely swollen, the tentacles quite long. Smooth, of variable color, but green and yellow pre- dominate, with numerous ring-shaped spots of black, red and green. Shell wide, the apex much projecting and triangular. It is quite solid, the calcareous layer nacreous, sinus rather deep but quite wide. Cuticle yellow. Length 36 mill. Bay of Fort Royal, Martinique (Richard, Plée). A. protea Rane, Hist. Nat. des Aplysiens, p. 56, pl. 10, f. 1-3 (1828).—OrsiGny, Moll. Cuba, i, p. 117.—Morcn, Malak. BI. xxii, p- 176 ; Journ. de Conchyl. 1863, p. 23.--BEav, Catal. Coq. recueillies 4 la Guadaloupe et ses dépendences, p. 20.—ARANGO, Fauna Malac. Cubana, p. 155.—[K ress] The West Indian Marine Shells, p. 91.— DALL, Proe. U.S. Nat. Mus. vi, 1883, p. 324; Cat. Mar. Moll. S.-E. U. S. (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 37) p. 90; List of Marine Mollusca, etc., p. 24, 25. This species has been reported from Key West, Florida (Hemp- hill), St. Augustine, Fla. and Bermuda (Dall), Cuba (Arango), St. Thomas and Sta. Cruz (Riise, Krebs, Morch et al.), [let 4 Cochons, near Guadaloupe (Beau), Carthagena, Columbia (Krebs) ; but some of these localities may rest upon incorrect identifications. This beautiful species, very abundant in the Antilles, says Rang, is quite distinct from allits allies. The back is extremely swollen, the swimming lobes are large, with usually wavy borders, the neck is slender, and the tail pointed. The tentacles are large, the mantle flabby, foot large, and operculum much extended. The coloration is very changeable. In the water it appears greenish ; and in the air has a different aspect. The general color is then yellowish, re- flecting a golden tint; but under all circumstances there are a great number of black rings, varied with green and red. The colors, as well as the form and arrangement of these spots vary a good deal, but they have a handsome effect, especially when the animal is alive. The membrane of the opercle [mantle] as well as the inside of the swimming lobes are covered with large and irregular black spots. When preserved, the animal assumes a livid color, but the black rings TETHYS—ANTILLEAN. 79 always are retained. ‘The shell of A. protea is one of the most beau- tiful of the genus. Outside it is a beautiful straw-color, covered within by quite a thick calcareous layer, sometimes very nacreous. This animal is known to the negro fisherman by the name baril de vin, on account of the beautiful fluid it secretes. The following seems to be a synonym: A. schrammii Deshayes. Uniform yellowish-white, prettily orna- mented over the whole surface of the body with small circles of black, unequal and very irregularly scattered (Desh., Journ. de Con- chyl. [2], ii, [1857], p. 140). Described from an alcoholic spec- imen; no information additional to the above has been published. It may prove to be a 7. protea which has lost all coloration except the black circles by the action of alcohol. Gaudeloupe (Schramm). T. Livipa d’Orbigny. PI. 20, figs. 37, 38, 39. Length 13-16 cm. Elongated, quite elevated, flabby, wide in the middle, acuminate behind; neck long. Buccal appendages sepa- rated by a deep groove in front, very long, narrow, smooth. Tenta- cles short, subconic. Eyes black, in front of tentacles. Mouth with thin lips; foot narrow, plicate in front, lengthened behind. Swimming lobes wide and rounded, united behind. Mantle without perforation above, but having a depressed line. Siphon long, tongue-like ; gill longer than mantle. General color yellowish, mixed with green ; upper parts spotted with light yellow. Inner borders of swimming lobes with a series of equidistant, squarish, yellow spots. Its fluid is pale rose colored ; odor musky. Shell depressed, very thin, oblong, the posterior sinus shallow; apex somewhat encrusted. Bay of Rio Janeiro, Brazil (Orbigny, in October). Aplysia livida OrnBIGNY, Voy. dans l’Amér. Mérid., p. 206, refer- ring to pl. 18, f. 3-5.— Aplysia lurida ORB., t. e. on pl. 18, f. 3-5. Compare T. willcoxi, which seems to be nearly allied. I consider Sowerby’s A. guadaloupensis, known only by a description and figure of the shell, asin all probability a synonym. ‘The original descrip- tion and figure are here reproduced: A. guadaloupensis Sowerby. (PI. 35, fig. 36). Shell talon-shaped, subcompressed, pale yellowish; radiately distantly lightly pitted, concentrically elegantly striped ; within testaceous, pale pink. Apex 80 TETH YS—ANTILLEAN. acuminated, produced, reflected, incurved; upper margin sloped, reflected, excavated, cuneate at the end; outer lip anteriorly sinu- ously produced ; dorsal margin rather short, reflected ; lower mar- gin sloped obliquely towards the dorsal margin. (Sowd.). Guadaloupe (Mus. Cuming). A. guadaloupensis Sows., C. Icon., pl. v, f. 19 (August, 1869). “ This shell is beautifully striped on the back.” (Sowb.) T. wrtucoxt Heilprin. Pl. 35, figs. 30, 31, 32. Length about 11-15 em. General form about as in T, livida. Anterior head-processes large, broad and prolonged downward, the reflexed portion erectly triangular, the mouth between their lower ends. Tentacles long, with a very short slit. Swimming lobes ample, united behind only where both join the foot. Mantle with a very minute tubular perforation with very short black rays around it, or in some specimens the perforation is not to be seen. Mantle edge posteriorly notched, and with a long tongue-like siphon lobe- Opaline gland long, opening by a single large orifice about 15 mill. behind genital orifice, the latter nearly as far forward as anterior edge of mantle. Color in alcohol greenish-yellow, coarsely cloud-marbled or mac- ulated on the swimming lobes, neck and head, with purplish-black ; mantle light, with a dark cloud at the front edge. Inside of the swimming lobes olive-blackish or purple-blackish (rarely pale olive), with a wide bordering series of irregular, rounded light spots at the edges. Penis conic, decidedly enlarged at base, and black-pigmented there ; a long filament projecting from the apex. Shell very thin, flattened, translucent ; inner layer extremely thin, a mere opalescent film; outer layer straw colored, with many con- centric whitish streaks. Apex a very small curved hook; poste- rior sinus but little concave, nearly half the shell’s length, its mem- braneous margin thickened and broadly reflexed across the apex. Length 56, breadth 40 mill. Little Gasparilla Bay and Marco, West Florida (Heilprin and Willcox). Aplysia willecoxi HEILPR., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1886, p. 364; Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., 1, p. 180, pl. 19 (bad). This form agrees moderately well with d’Orbigny’s A. livida in some respects, but it lacks the external light speckling, and the light TETHYS—ANTILLEAN. 81 markings along the inner edge of swimming lobes are not nearly so regular as in /ivida. The more important structural characters of the latter, however, are still unknown. The whole scheme of color- ing is unlike Rang’s protea, which differs moreover in characters of the shell. That of 7. willcoxi is uncommonly flat, with extremely slight, iridescent calcareous layer and wide cuticular borders. The description is from alcoholic specimens, as was that of Heilprin. Var. PERVIRIDIS. PI. 55, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4. Length 14 cm. when living, 11 contracted in alcohol. Body large, much swollen behind. Anterior processes broadly folded above; tentacles conic and slit as usual. Swimming lobes very ample, free, united only at their insertion at the tail. Mantle large, its perforation extremely minute, with thickened edges but not tubular, surrounded by fine radial wrinkles, visible only under a lens (fig. 2, enlarged), the papilla being less than 1 mill. diam. Posterior right margin of mantle excised and folding into a short excurrent channel. Genital opening well forward, about as figured for T. willeoxt. Opaline gland 20-22 mill. behind genital pore, projecting externally as a pedunculated oval body in the type speci- men (fig. 1), but perhaps evaginated, in which case it would have one large orifice. Colors in life clear green on the head and tentacles, the swimming lobes olive-green with a coarse-meshed reticulation of black, subdivided by fine veins, irregularly maculated all over with light green, these spots having groups of white dots; the extruded mouth parts purple. In alcohol (for 10 months) it is grass green with black reticulation on the sides, caused by massing of the black veins through contraction ; foot clear green ; mantle green with some whitish clouds; inner surface of swimming lobes green and dirty whitish, marked with black in the sinus between lobes and body, the black extending well on the lobes toward the hind end; no no- ticeable black markings at inside edges of lobes. Shell large, depressed, thin, yellowish, with fainter concentric growth wrinkles and coarse faint radii. Calcareous layer thin, the cuticular layer projecting far beyond it. Apex only moderately incurved, the epidermis reflexed across it as in T. willcoxi. Sinus shallow and wide. Length 60, breadth 52 mill. Cape May, New Jersey (H. Lemon), 82 TETHYS—ANTILLEAN. This form differs from J. willcovi in lacking the characteristic pattern of dark marking, and in the longer excision or sinus of the shell. The animal colors the alcohol in which it is preserved green. The single specimen was found alive at Cape May in October, 1894. T. caAILLETI Deshayes. Nearly as large as A. depilans. Irregularly marbled with green- ish-brown, very sombre, on a ground of white washed with brown- reddish ; the free edges of the mantle [swimming lobes] bordered with a wide zone of the same color but paler. (Desh., Journ. de Conchyl., 1857, p. 140.) Guadeloupe (Schramm). No other information has been published on this form. T. BRASILIANA Rang. PI. 38, figs. 3, 4, 5. Length 11 to 13cm. Very much swollen, elongated in front, somewhat shortened behind, carrying the mantle far back. Tube of the mantle quite ample and conspicuous. Swimming lobes very large. Color deep brown. Shell oblong, of a dark yellow color, the apex little developed ; posterior sinus almost wanting. Bay of Rio Janeiro, abundant (Quoy & Gaimard). Aplysia brasiliana Rane, Hist. Nat. de Aplysiens, p. 55, pl. 8, f. 1-3 (1828). Rang’s figures and description which I give above are evidently from alcoholic specimens. He writes: Two quite remarkable char- acters distinguish A. brasiliana from the other species: first, the front part, is much lengthened, and the posterior part is rather short; and second, the opercle [mantle] is placed far toward the hind end, and consequently obliquely towards the tail. To these characters we may add the color of the lobes, which is a dark brown, and the form of the posterior tentacles which are perfectly conical, while the others are much widened. The lobes are ample and long and the opercle quite large. The shell, too, is distinct ; it is of an oblong shape, and an obscure-yellow color; its lower sur- face is covered by a quite thick calcareous layer, the apex is little formed, and there is almost no sinus. The type is Aplysia No. 11, of the anatomical cabinet of the Garden of Plants. T. FLORIDENSIS Pilsbry, n. sp. PI. 37, figs. 15, 16, 17, 18, 19. Length about 93 em. Body rather short, with short tail. Head lobes broad and triangular, the mouth parting their lower median TETHYS—ANTILLEAN. &3 ends, distal extremities with the fold short. Tentacles small, conic, conspicuously slit. Swimming lobes ample, free, united behind only at their union with the foot. Mantle large and convex, smooth, with a small central thin-edged perforation. Posteriorly having a conspicuous, large excurrent siphon formed by a broad enlargement of the free mantle edge. Genital pore under forward right border of mantle surmounted by a fleshy prominence. Opening of opaline gland large, single, about 12 mill. back of genital pore, and well under the gill. Penis, when extended, about 28-30 mill. long, swollen at base, then tapering. Color deep purple-black, the inside of swimming lobes slightly lighter, blotched at the edge with black. Mantle purple-black, spotted irregularly and indistinctly with lighter fleshy-purple. Shell rounded, very convex, posterior sinus wide, concave; the apex well hooked and calloused, the membraneous layer reflexed behind it, cuticular layer sepia-brown ; membranous margin wide below; calcareous layer rather thin. Length 39, breadth 34 mill. Key West, Florida (H.C. Machette). This form, which, on account of the general color of the body, I at first regarded as a probable variety of Rang’s A. brasiliana, dif- fers from that species in the greater proportional size of shell to total length of the animal, the maculated mantle and inside edges of the swimming lobes, the simple, thin edged mantle foramen (that of brasiliana being figured as tubular), and the wider, rounder shell. The types are two well preserved alcoholic specimens collected by Mr. Machette in 1893. They stain the liquor a dark-smoky yel- low. T. PARVULA (Guilding) Mérch. PI. 37, figs. 23, 24, 25. Flaccid specimen: Body soft, slender, fusiform ; epipodial lobes short, entire and continuous behind ; eyes sublateral, in front of the bases of the tentacles. Tentacles slender, acute. Length 16 mill. (Morch.) Contracted specimen : Body leathery, tough, transversely wrinkled and grooved ; orifice in the mantle large, oval, and like the borders of the epipodial lobes, margined by a black line. Length 12 mill. Shell not seen in this specimen, but feels as in the preceding. (Morch.) Shell small, rather solid, narrowly ovate or piriform, extremely convex ; somewhat translucent white or brown tinted, more deeply so toward the lower margin. Apex strongly incurved, involute and 84 TETHYS—WEST AMERICAN. calloused, but with no reflexed margin over the tip. Sinus short and very concave, margined. Surface smooth. Calcareous layer coextensive with the excessively thin, hardly apparent cuticle. Length 83, breadth 6 mill. St. Thomas (A. H. Riise; Dr. Hornbeck) ; St. Vincent (Guild- ing). Aplysia parvula Guitpine MS. in Morcu, Journal de Conchyli- ologie, 1863, p. 22; Mal. Bl. xxii, p. 176.—? A. rosea Rathkey Sows., Conch. Icon. f. 23 (1869). I have given Mérch’s very poor descriptions of the soft parts of this species, and have diagnosed and figured the shell from part of the original specimens received from Morch. It is unquestionably a distinct species, not closely allied to any other of the region. The shell is convex and solid, somewhat like Crepidula convexa Say in contour. The large oval orifice in the mantle is also a valuable distinguishing character, other described Antillean forms having this foramen minute or tubular. Whether the parvula of Morch is really Guilding’s mss. species is by no means certain; but fortunately there is no necessity for rais- ing the question. Sowerby has figured a shell from St. Vincent under the name A. rosea Rathke, which is the A. parvula of Guild- ing, according to him; but the real A. rosea was a Scandinavian species and in all reasonable probability a young punctata Cuv. III. Species of the West Coast of the Americas. a. Shell normal, with no accessory plate at the apex. b. Swimming lobes broadly united behind. c. Mantle excised behind, but with no tongue-like lobe. d. Mantle with a submedian perforation. Black, nigra. dd. Mantle with a large submedian oval orifice. Black- . ish, rangiana. ec. Mantle with a submedian perforation, and a posterior long, tongue-like siphonal lobe. Violet, with some white spots, blackish in alcohol, inea bb. Swimming lobes free to their union with foot behind. c. Mantle with a subcentral tube or papilla; swimming lobes very ample. d. Maculated ; opaline gland with one orifice, chierchiana, TETHYS-—WEST AMERICAN. 85 dd. Grayish-rose, each tentacle with a black line, lessont. ddd. Not so marked ; slender, the tail long, ro bertsi. ec. Mantle with subcentral minute pore, posteriorly bilobed ; opaline gland with one orifice, panamensis. aa. Shell with an accessory plate near apex ; swimming lobes short, posterior, somewhat united behind ; excurrent siphon long, with a tongue-like lobe ; mantle with subcentral tube; opaline gland with one orifice. Finely netted with brown and spotted with black, californica. T. n1iGRA d’Orbigny. PI. 22, figs. 10, 11. Length as much as 25 em. Body much elevated, leathery, strongly wrinkled, very ventricose. Head short and wide, the neck very short; buccal lobes broad, quite short, a little folded at the ends. ‘Tentacles large, quite short, very obtuse and slit at the ends. Foot very wide, strongly wrinkled, thick, truncated in front, widened in the middle, short and subacuminate behind. Swimming lobes not very large, united behind for a moiety of their length, and forming a large branchial cavity ; in front the lobes are so short that their free part can scarcely be of use in swimming. Mantle very large, in part concealed by the union of the swimming lobes, rounded, with a very small round aperture at the middle, above. Posterior edge of mantle not having a tongue-like lobe, but excised or sinused, and provided along the semicircle with a membranous ridge, perpendicularly elevated, corresponding to the sinus of the shell. Gill wholly covered by the mantle and by the bridge formed by union of the swimming lobes. Color deep black, especially on the sole and lobes; the latter a little roseate inside. Shell very open, depressed, with concentric and radial striz ; sinus wide and shallow ; apex a little oblique and slightly encrusted. Amber colored. Island of San Lorenzo, Callao, Peru. A. nigra ORB., Voy. dans l’Amér. Mérid., p. 209, pl. 18, f. 1. 2. This species is remarkable for its large size, the union of the swimming lobes behind, and the excised posterior margin of the mantle, which is not produced to form an efferent canal as usual in the genus. It emits a milky, white or slightly violaceous liquor in abundance, and has a very strong odor of musk. 86 TETHYS—-WEST AMERICAN. Guppy (in Proc. Sci. Asso. Trinidad, ii, p. 1387, and Proc. Vic- toria Institute of Trinidad, pt. 2, March, 1895, p. 123) reports this species from Trinidad, but there cannot be much doubt that the identification was erroneous. T. RANGIANA d’Orbigny. PI. 19, figs. 34, 35, 36. Length of the larger individuals 3 to 4 cm. Body very short and elevated, oblong, quite leathery, much swollen; head wide ; buceal tentacles broad and short, obtuse; foot oblong, wrinkled, truncate in front, very broad and rounded behind. Swimming lobes short, united behind for the greater part of their length, form- ing a deep sack. Mantle large, oval, without tongue-like process, the posterior margin with a fleshy circle elevated in perpendicular crests. A very large oval aperture in the mantle shows the shell. Gill partly covered. : Color in alcohol blackish. Shell ovate, swollen, cretaceous, nearly smooth, the apex arcuate ; yellowish. Payta, Peru, in 6-7 fms., sand bottom (Dupetit-Thouars). A. rangiana ORB., Voy. dans l’Amér. Mérid., p. 210, pl. 17, f 11- 18. This species, Orbigny writes, has great affinity with A. nigra, and may prove to be the young of that; but the foot is not produced behind, and the aperture of the mantle is six times as large, although the individuals are not more than one-eighth the size of A. nigra. It was described and figured from alcoholic specimens. T. ressontt Rang. PI. 56, figs. 15, 16, 17. Length 17 em. Body much elevated, fleshy ; not as much elon- gated in front as in most other species, short and acute behind. Smooth and grayish-rose colored, with fine reddish lineolation. Foot oblong. Swimming lobes very large. Anterior tentacles thick and not very susceptible of extension ; hinder tentacles lanceo- late, marked in the middle by a black line extending their entire length. Mantle with a small subcentral tube, and terminating be- hind in a small, open siphon. Shell oval, pointed behind, concave with little-developed apex ; sinus long and not much arched. Inside white and covered with a calcareous layer; outer surface amber colored. Length 34 mill. Payta, Peru (Lesson). TETHYS—WEST AMERICAN. 87 A. lessonii Rane. Hist. Nat. Aplys., p. 60, pl. 14.—LeEsson, Voy. autour du Monde, ete., La Coquille, Zool., ii, pt. 1, p. 295 (1830). T. rvca d’Orbigny. PI. 19, figs. 29, 30,31. Extended animal as much as 20 em. long. Moderately length- ened, elevated, flabby, very ventricose. Cephalic portion elongated, on a very short neck; buccal lobes very long and very wide, flat- tened and inrolled at the end, which is thin, sharp and strongly ridged. Tentacles long, subconic, obtuse and slit at the ends, placed slightly behind the middle of the interval between buccal and swim- ming lobes. Eyes visible, in front of the tentacles. Mouth placed at the lower part of the fissure separating the buccal lobes. Foot narrow, strongly wrinkled, acuminate behind. Swimming lobes very large, united and much prolonged behind the gill. Mantle swollen, oblong, smooth, with a very small round aperture in the middle ; posteriorly it is produced in a very long, wide and thin tongue. Color, a beautiful violet tint, with rounded white spots on the sides of the front part of swimming lobes, and several larger, more regular oblong and spaced on the neck and head, usually two be- hind the tentacles and four in front on each side, on a line with the forward insertion of the swimming lobes. Swimming lobes marked along the inside edge with a narrow border of clear rcse-violet, flanked by large rounded and angular white blotches on a purple- brown ground. Mantle uniform violet. Gill purple violet. Pre- served in alcohol this species retains the entire pattern of spots, but the ground tint becomes blackish, dotted with blackish, Shell amber colored with corneous edge. Callao Bay. Aplysia inca ORB., Voy. dans l’Amér. Mérid., p. 207, pl. 14, f. 13. —A. incus Sows., Conch. Icon., f. 28. This species differs from T. /essoni in pattern of coloring, and the non-tubular mantle foramen. T. CHIERCHIANA Mazzarelli & Zuccardi. This new species is based upon two specimens from the island of San Lorenzo, Peru. The principal character of the species consists in the presence of a contractile, strongly-developed papilla in the center of the mantle, at the point where there is ordinarily an aper- ture. This papilla is swollen at base, narrowed toward the sum- 88 TETHYS—WEST AMERICAN. mit, forming a strongly serrate tuft. The opercule or mantle is ovoid, rather elongate, and presents a moderately-developed expan- sion on the right. Anterior tentacles are quite broad, plate-like, with sinuous, lobed margins, and are moderately separated. The posterior tentacles are conic and closer together. Swimming lobes strongly developed. Genital orifice under the opercle in front of the gill. Opaline gland of the grape-bunch type, opening by one orifice. Color: the body is bestrewn with numerous rather large oval dark maculz, and spotted with smaller white spots. Shell concave, elongate, rounded at the anterior extremity, the beak projecting and ronnded; sinus notably arcuate. Island of San Lorenzo, near Callao, Peru. Aplysia chierchiana Maz. & Zuc., Bollettino della Societa di Naturalisti in Napoli, ser. 1, vol. iii, p.52 (1889). T. PANAMENSIS Pilsbry, n. sp. Pl. 60, figs. 45, 46, 47, 48. Length (of alcoholic specimens) 4 to 6 cm. Body soft, of usual proportions. Buccal lobes large, triangular-ear-shaped, with the usual fold above. Tentacles lance-shaped and slit. Swimming lobes thin, rather small, arising at the anterior third or two-fifths the total length, uniting behind only at their junction with the foot. Mantle transparent, with a very minute, scarcely visible pore; its posterior right margin bilobed and sinused to form an excurrent siphon. Genital pore and groove as usual. Opaline gland opening by a single conspicuous orifice. Color grayish, with some ill-defined spots or rings, and marks of black posteriorly on the lobes. Mantle immaculate, but there are some faint, dark markings on inside of swimming lobes. Shell moderately convex, buff outside, having a moderately solid calcareous layer within, the cuticle projecting but little beyond it. Apex acute, projecting, bearing a callous reflexed crest which forms a triangular cavity on the back. Sinus short and deeply arcuate. Surface with slight growth-wrinkles and impressed unequal, irregu- lar, radial grooves, several on the left slope deeper. Length 16, breadth 13 mill. Panama (J. A. McNeill). The tentacles are comparatively slender and long; the swimming lobes weak, and the shell, with its hood at the summit, is about as solid as in T. punctata Cuv. No other West Coast or Antillean TETHYS—WEST AMERICAN, 89 species seems very nearly allied to this, unless it be the Antillean form of T. dactylomela. T. RoBERTsI Pilsbry, n. sp. PI. 55, figs. 4, 5. Length (of alcoholicspecimen) 11 em. General form slender and lengthened ; the tail unusually long, depressed, and extending far beyond posterior insertion of the swimming lobes. Neck and head elongated, the mouth in a vertical fissure as usual. Rhinophores conical, slit abuut half-way down, the minute, rudimentary eyes situated outward from them, but only a trifle anterior to the front of their bases. Swimming lobes wholly free from anterior to posterior insertions, moderately ample. Mantle having a minute, subcentral, conic tube; its free right border wide, produced in a folded lobe posteriorly, forming a rather long excurrent siphon. Opaline gland opening by a single large orifice. Foramen of the penis situ- ated far forward, anterior to and below the right anterior tentacle, above the front edge of sole. Foot fleshy, the sole wide, emarginate in front. Color (in alcohol) dirty light olive, very minutely wrinkle-retic- ulate with black-brown in places, forming a large cloud on the out- side of each swimming lobe, another occupying the face ; sole black- ish ; inner surface of swimming lobes blackish below, lightly stained in places outwardly. Mantle clear olivaceous over the shell, the free border and siphon blackish. Shell thin, fragile, with very slight calcareous layer ; buff outside ; apex hardly curved, with a narrow reflexed margin. Sinus long, nearly straight, margined. Length 28, width 22 mill. West coast of Mexico (Dr. W. H. Jones). Notable features of this species are the unusually posterior eyes, anterior male genital pore, wholly free swimming lobes, and especi- ally the long tail. The shell has a very thin calcareous layer, and the sinus is nearly straight. The type wasin a bottle with Dolabella californica Stearns, which it resembles in color, at least in the alcoholic condition. The specific name is in honor of Mr. S. Ray- MOND RoBeErRts, whose services as an officer of the Conchological Section during a long series of years, are well known and appreciated by conchologists. T. CALIFORNICA Cooper. PI. 56, figs. 13, 14. Length 373, breadth and height 123 cm. (Cooper). Length of alcoholic specimen described below 11 cm. Body obese, the ante- 90 TETHYS—WEST AMERICAN. rior portion long, swimming lobes inserted rather far back. Buccal lobes flattened and folded as usual, black within the fold. Poste- rior tentacles rather near together, conic and slit above, black within the slit, situated somewhat nearer buccal lobes than swim- ming lobes. Swimming lobes short and not very ample, united for a short distance behind. Mantle provided with a central minute tube; concentrically wrinkled ; having an uncommonly long poste- rior excurrent siphon, the left lobe tongue-like and long. Genital pore in the usual position; genital groove long. Opaline gland opening by a single large orifice. Color “ pale gray or greenish, becoming purplish on the side, folds of mantle with scattered white specks, from which an irregular net- work of brown lines extends over the rest of its body, interspersed with large brown blotches. Inner surface of [swimming lobes] varied with alternating painted bars of white and dark brown interlocking together. Sole of foot black. Eyes very minute and black.” The alcoholic specimen before me is yellowish, finely netted and spotted all over the sides and back with black- brown, sole blackish ; mantle black-brown with large yellowish maculz ; inside of swimming lobes black-brown barred boldly with dirty yellowish, the dark bars branching at the upper edges of lobes. “Shell cartilaginous, translucent, trapezoidal, or hatchet-shaped, margins rounded, slightly convex above, the nucleus in old spec- imens distant from the posterior end or apex. Faint radiating lines diverging from the nucleus, crossed by an irregular net-work of darker lines, all ending abruptly at some distance from the margin, which has thus a wide, nearly transparent border. An accessory plate arises on the inner surface from the nucleus, nearly spatulate in form and slightly raised.” (Coop.). The shell of the specimen figured on my plate shows the essential features mentioned by Cooper, but the accessory plate projects squarely above the upper margin. ‘The minute, incurved apex is situated some distance with- in the margin, being 4 mill. below the upper edge in the specimen figured. Monterey to San Pedro, California. Aplysia (Neaplysia) californica J. G. Cooper, Proc. Cal. Acad- Nat. Sci. iii, 18638, p. 57, fig. 14—Neaplysia californica, J. G. Cooper, Geographical Catalogue of the Mollusca found west of the Rocky Mountains between lat. 33° and 49° N., no. 241, p. 14 (Geol. Surv. of Cal. 1867.) TETHYS—POLYNESIAN. 91 The specimens before me are from Monterey. This species is well characterized by the short, poorly developed, posteriorly placed swimming lobes, the nearness of the tentacles to each other, the deep pocket-like gill cavity, and the accessory plate on the shell. Like Pleurobranchea in characters of the head, tentacles, pro- boscis, gill, tail-gland and tail-papilla ; differing from Pleurobranchea in having the mantle-edge projecting and overhanging both on the sides and behind, with a wide groove between it and the foot poste- riorly as well as laterally, but in front the mantle passes directly into the veil. Genital openings as in Pleurobranchus. Gill free for the greater part of its length. No shell. Type K. obesa. Dentition like that of Pleurobranchea. Distribution : temperate Atlantic in deep water. Koonsia is very closely allied to Pleurobranchea, but it is a less specialized type, in having the mantle edges developed and free, as in the more normal genus Pleurobranchus. Bergh’s genus Pleuro- branchillus seems to be absolutely synonymous with the group defined by Verrill ten years earlier. Die, KOONSIA. K. opesa Verrill. Pl. 74, fig. 94. Body large, stout, broad, with a large, swollen back, smooth and white in the preserved specimens, and defined by the mantle-edge, which forms a rim along the lateral and posterior borders. Head large and broad, with two short, flat, posteriorly grooved, anterior tentacles, one at each corner; the anterior mantle-border runs be- tween them, and supports a row of small papille. Posterior tentacles short, stout, flattened, ear-like, with the outer edges incurved, form- ing a large groove. Proboscis very large, retractile, purple at the end, showing when extended, the very broad radula covered with very numerous sharp, hooked teeth, in many long curved rows. Foot broad and rounded anteriorly, with small auricles; long tapered, and acute posteriorly, extending some distance beyond the mantle; a conical papilla near the tip above; under side, near the end, with a narrow, elongated, depressed, glandular area, surrounded by a raised border; this is sometimes tinged with bright-red, in alcohol; the rest of the foot is usually tinged with chocolate-brown. Gill large, bipinnate, deep purple. (Verrill.). This species grows to a great size. One from station 939, was over 5 inches (128 mill.) long ; 4 inches (102 mill.) wide; and about 2 inches (50 mill.) high, even after preservation in alcohol. Off Martha’s Vineyard, in 216-258 fathoms; Off Delaware Bay in 312 fathoms. Koonsia obesa VERRILL, Trans. Conn. Acad., v, p. 545, (July, 1882); Rep. Commissioner Fish and Fisheries for 1883, Appendix D; poll, pls 23; tedi07- The figure represents the dorsal aspect, two-thirds natural size. K. morosa Bergh. PI. 54, figs. 90, 91, 92, 93, 94. Described from a single, very flaccid specimen, measuring 15 mill. long, 10 wide, 5°5 high. In form and dimensions it resembles P. aurantiacus. Margin of the mantle equal in width to that of the foot, 1 mill.; tail 2 mill. long; gill 4°5 long, free for over half its length, with 15 pinnules. Anus below the posterior extremity of the gill-insertion; renal and genital pores as in Pleuwrobranchus; at the end of the tail is an elongated gland. Color of the animal pre- served in alcohol is grayish, with a quantity of violaceous dots, scattered principally toward the edges of mantle and on the rhachi- dian part of the gill. PLEUROBRANCH AA. 223 Jaws tessellated as usual, the component plates short, with about _ T subequal denticles (figs. 93, 94). Radula with 37 rows of teeth, 68 to 70 lateral teeth in each half row; teeth long and slightly curved, with a shorter cusp accessory to the main one (figs. 90, 91, 92). This accessory cusp is lacking on the outermost teeth. No shell. Western Atlantic (Hirondelle), Pleurobranchillus morosus BERGH, in Résultats des Campagnes Sci. Albert I, fase. iv, p. 28, pl. 4, f 80-93. K. srockut Bergh. Amboyna. This species of Pleurobranchillus is mentioned but not described in Bergh’s paper cited above, p. 28. Genus PLEUROBRANCH /A Leue, 1813. Pleurobranchea Lrux, de Pleurobranchzea novo Molluscorum Genere, Diss. Inaug., ete., Halle, 1813, title-page, and pp. 1-13, plate. (Conf., p.11 “cum animal nostrum * * * Pleure- branchee vel Pleurobranchidii nomine insigniendum videtur.’’).— Pleurobranchea or Pleurobranchidium of Blainville and subsequent authors.— Cyanogaster RuDOLPHI (where ?), see Blainville, Man. de Malac., p. 471.—Pleurobranchena Meckel, Swainson, Malacol., p. 361. Body oblong, the united mantle and veil smaller than the foot. Serrate in front and produced at the lateral angles, its edge slightly overhanging on the right side, but not on the left, posteriorly, or in front. Rhinophores inserted far apart, apparently on the mantle. Genital apertures as in Pleurobranchus. Mouth proboscidiform. Foot with a gland (more or less visible) on posterior part of sole, and a spur or horn on the tail. Shell wanting. Radula without rachidian teeth, the laterals slender, with a single long accessory denticle on the main cusp (pl. 53, fig. 84, P. meckelii Blv.). The union of mantle and veil, widely separated rhinophores, enormous size of the proboscis in dead specimens, and the lack of overhanging eaves to the mantle except on the right side, render this group very distinct from other Plewrobranchide in appearauce. There is a posterior siphon, like that of Aplysiide formed by folding of the mantle over the rear end of the gill. The species are few and widely scattered. 224 PLEUROBRANCH@A. P. MECKELI Blainville. Pl. 53, figs. 81, 82, 83, 84, 85. Body oblong, very convex, pale brownish-gray with numerous spots or marbling of blackish-brown over the whole upper surface, the sole almost black, the posterior pedal gland whitish gray. In alcohol the color fades to a very pale gray, dark spots indistinct, sole vermiculate with blackish. Mantle covering only the median part of body, not projecting or sharply defined on the left side and be- hind, narrowly overhanging on right side; in front produced forward in a crescentic head-piece with laterally projecting processes, fore margin serrate; folded into a permanent excurrent siphon on the right side behind. Rhinophores situated on mantle, wide apart, truncate, slit and rolled; gill small, inserted behind middle of mantle, mainly adnate, bipinnate. Female genital pore on a papilla at anterior insertion of gill; male orifice or penis in front of it. Rostrum, in alcoholic specimens, extremely large and protruding far in front. Foot oblong, subtruncate in front, tapering and rounded behind, having a gland on the sole behind, which excretes through a duct opening on a horn-like papilla on the upper surface of the tail. Shell none, but a large shell-cavity present. Length of alcoholic specimen with protruded rostrum 55, breadth 21 mill. Palermo, Sicily (Phil.) ; Naples (Phil., Cantraine); Gulf of Mar- seilles (V ayssiére). Pleurobranchea Lrur, De Pleurobranchza novo Molluscorum Genere, 1813, pp. 1-12, plate. ? Pleur. balearicus Laroche, Cuvier, Regne Anim., ii, (1817), p. 396, footnote (nude name, the identity of which with P. meckelii is surmised by de Blainville). Pleurobranchidium meckelii Meckel, BLAINVILLE, Dict. Sci. Nat., xxxxi, p. 376 (1826) ; Man. de Malaec., p. 471, pl. 43, f. 3 (false reference to Meckel’s Beytrage vergleich. Anat.). Pleurobranchidium meckelii DELLE Cu1aJE Memorie, ii, p. 159, pl. 40, f. 11-17 (1828). Pleurobranchea meckelii Lewe, Puttier1, Enum. Moll. Sicil., ii, p. 88. Pleurobranchea meckelii Leue, DesHAyEs, in Cuvier’s Regne, Anim., Moll., p. 89, pl. 32, f. 2, 2a—Brreu, Rés. Camp. Sci. Albert I, fase. iv, pl. 4, f. 96-99. Pleurobranchidium meckelii Blainy., Desu., Trait. Elém. de Con- ehyl., pl. 9ljf 1) 2: PLEUROBRANCH AA. 225 ? Aplysia minor LANKASTER, Philos. Trans., 1875, p. 13 (embryo- logy). Pleurobranchea meckelii Leve, CANTRAINE, Malac. Méd. et Litt., p. 87, pl. 38, f. 3—VaysstERE, Rech. Moll. Opistobr., Tecti- branches, p. 130, pl. 5, f. 122-125. Pleurobranchidium delle chiaii VERANny, Catal. Anim. Invert. Mar. del Golfo di Genova e Nizza, pp. 16, 19 (1846). The mouth parts are always protruded in dead specimens. The species is very distinct from other Pleurobranchide of the Mediter- ranean. In establishing the genus Plewrobranchea, Leue gave no name to the species ; a fact which has been overlooked, probably on account of the rarity of the original paper. De Blainville was the first to use to use the specific name meckelii, which he ascribes to Meckel. It was never published by that author, however, Blainyille’s refer- ence in Man. de Malac. being a false one; and while it is possible that Meckel transmitted the specimens to Blainville under that name, no proof thereof is forthcoming, and propriety forbids the citation of Meckel as authority. Lankaster, with the embryologist’s disdain for exactness in small matters of species and genera, calls it Aplysia minor ! P. raRDA Verrill. PI. 53, fig. 86. Body subovate, stout, thick, often nearly half as broad as long usually less, tapering backward and blunt posteriorly ; front broad, convex or subtruneate; back more or less convex or swollen in the middle, with the surface wrinkled or irregularly reticulated, with the sunken lines brown, the reticulations smaller posteriorly. Dorsal tentacles short, stout, wide apart, ear-like, subtubular, having a slit on the outer side, with the edges often rolled in. Gill rather large, well exposed in a dorsal view, situated on the right side, behind the middle, and equal in length to nearly one-fourth the body, plumose bipinnate, with 15 or 16 pinnz on the upper side. Foot broad, often nearly as wide as the mantle, subtruncate or rounded in front, nar- rowed and obtuse posteriorly, ordinarily not extending beyond the mantle. The mantle edge is but little prominent, except along the right side. Proboscis protruded in most of the specimens, large, thick, obtusely tapered close to the end, which is emarginate, show- ing the large odontophore in a broad vertical notch. Reproductive organs large and prominent; the two orifices are situated on alarge tubercle in front of the gill. The male organ, in extension, is long, 15 226 PLEUROBRANCH MA. slender, usually curled, truncate, about equal in length to half the breadth of the body; it is a tubular organ, with a slit along the lower side, formed by the rolling up of a long, thin, membranous process. At the posterior edge. of the tubercle there is a shorter, flat pointed process, connected with the female organs. Color of dorsal surface yellowish-brown, lighter or darker and reticulated with dark brown, often specked with flake-white ; gill and proboscis dark purplish-brown ; the proboscis with a darker dorsal patch ; tentacles sometimes crossed by dark brown bands. Foot salmon-color. Odontophore very large and broad, with 150 to 170 rows of teeth; no median teeth ; all the teeth are similar in structure, and show only a gradual change in form and size from the inner to the outer ones. ‘The inner ones are elongated, slightly curved, narrow-lanceo- late, with a very acute point and with a smaller, narrow, sharp den- ticle on the inner edge, parallel to but shorter than the main point ; the outer teeth gradually become shorter, blunter, with a smaller denticle, which finally nearly disappears. Length, usually 30 to 40; breadth, 10 to 14 mill. (V.). In the best preserved specimens the reproductive organs are often protruded, the forms of the different organs varying with the state of extension. The verge or most anterior organ, when fully extended, is long, cylindrical or a little clavate, with rows of minute recurved hooks near the end, and terminated by a slender curved spicule. The most posterior opening (urinal) is just at the anterior base of the gill, in the form of a small papilla, with a central open- ing. Between these there are two organs, on a more or less swollen common base; the more anterior is a large opening with raised mar- gin; a little behind and below this is a long, exsert, flat, usually tapered and acute, copulatory organ, varying much in size and form according to the state of extension. All these organs can be so re- tracted as not to be noticeable, but this seldom happens in alcoholic specimens, most of which show the organs more or less extended. The anal orifice is behind the base of the gill. (Verriil.). 20 miles south of Block Island, in 38 fathoms; about 70 to 100 miles south and southwest from Marthas Vineyard, in 28 to 310 fathoms, both on bottoms of mud and of fine, compact sand, very abundant; Off Chesapeake Bay, in 31 to 300 fathoms; Off Delaware Bay, in 130 and 156 fathoms. With this species, and probably belonging to it, we often took gelatinous, but rather firm, cylindrical egg-clusters, about 20 mill. Lond PLEUROBRANCH FA. Dent long and 4 in diameter, with the eggs in several rows. The species is not common below 200 fathoms. (Verrill). Closely resembles Pleurobranchea Nove Zealandie in form and color. The latter is a littoral species. Pleurobranchea tarda V., Amer. Journ. Sci., (3), xx, p. 898, 392 (Nov., 1880) ; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., iii, p. 384 (Dec. 21, 1880); Trans. Conn. Acad., v, p. 546, pl. 58, f. 26; U.S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, pt. xi, Rep. of Commissioner for 1883, appendix D; p. 571 [69], pl. 28, f. 105. The figure represents the dorsal aspect, two-thirds natural size, genitalia protruding. P. MACULATA Quoy & Gaimard. PI. 53, figs. 88, 89. Body thick, a little swollen above, covered with low wrinkles. Color dirty white, with light brewn spots; sole yellowish ; foot wide, rounded at the two ends, and projecting beyond the mantle behind. Veil continuous with mantle, wide, arcuate, crenulated and terminat- ing in two points; surmounted behind by the two short, auriform tentacles. Gill fusiform, free at the end, formed of parallel and oblique foliations, generally uncovered. Penis almost always pro- jecting, large and 4 or 5 lines long. Anus opens above and past the middle of the gill. Mouth at the end of a small rostrum. Port Western, Jervis Bay, and all this southern part of Australia, in 9-10 fms. Pleurobranchidium maculatum Q. & G., Zool. Astrolabe, ii, p. 301, pl. 22, f. 11-14. P. NOVEZEALANDI& Cheeseman. PI. 53, fig. 87. Body oval, convex, thick and fleshy, smooth and lubricous to the touch, but the whole surface nevertheless covered with minute puckers and folds. Color light-grey, copiously streaked with irre- gular anastomosing lines of dark greyish-brown, and sprinkled with numerous minute and almost microscopic white dots. Mantle smooth, not nearly so long as the foot, and not concealing the bran- chi, rather broader on the right side; oral veil broad, extending over and concealing the mouth, in front semicircular, and with a delicate fringed margin ; but at each side produced into a short ten- tacle-like lobe ; mouth large, round, in a state of rest concealed in the sulcus between the oral veil and the foot, but capable of being greatly protruded in a proboscidiform manner ; buccal plates two, large, finely and regularly reticulated or faceted ; odontophore broad, with numerous rows of similar unciform teeth ; tentacles dorsal, wide 228 PLEUROBRANCHZA. apart, short and stout, projecting outwards, folded down the outer side, tips obliquely truncate; eyes minute, black, placed within the | integument at the inner bases of the tentacles, quite internal, and not to be seen without dissection ; foot long, extremely flexible, sole pale ashy-grey ; branchial plume often over an inch in length, and free for half that distance ; pectinations about 17, finely ciliated ; shell none; length 2°5 to 3-25 inches. (Cheesem.). New Zealand: Auckland Harbor, in sandy or muddy localities (Cheesem.) ; Port Nicholson (Hutton). Pleurobranchea nove-zealandie CHEESEM., P. Z. §., 1878, p. 276, pl. 15, £3; Trans. N. Z. Inst., xi, 1879; p. 378, pl. 16 3ian@e- printed from P. Z.S.)—Hurron, Man. N. Z. Moll., p. 124. Subgenus EuseLEenops Pilsbry, 1896. Neda H. & A. ApAms, Gen. Rec. Moll., ii, p. 40, type Pleuro- branchus luniceps Cuv. (October, 1854). Not Meda Mulsant, Spec. Col. Trim. Sécur., p. 274 (1851), a genus of Coleoptera. Animal short, depressed, with very broad sole, slender rostrum, and large, crescentic head-shield with produced angles; other known characters as in Plewrobranchea. P. LuNICcEPS Cuvier. PI. 54, figs. 95, 96, 97. Body very short, broad and much depressed, the foot extending broadly beyond the mantle on sides and behind. Upper surface pale fleshy purple, sparcely spotted with purple-black angular blotches; lower surface of head-shield densely mottled with purple, the sole deep purple, lighter forward and toward the median line. Tentacles short, truncate, inserted on mantle as in P. meckelii. Veil very broad, crescentic, produced in long processes at the sides Rostrum slender, capable of great extension. Mantle folded into a permanent excurrent siphon behind, as in P. meckelit. Foot broad, emarginate or broadly rounded in front and behind, the sole with a median impressed line. Genitalia unknown. Habitat unknown. Pleurobranchus luniceps Cuv1ER, Regne Animal, ii, p. 396, foot- note (name only) ; iv, pl. 11, fig. 2 (1817) BLaInvIL_E, Dict. Sci. Nat. xxxxi, p. 371 (1826).—Apams & ReEeEvE, Zool. Samarang, Moll., p. 66, pl. 18, f. 6a, b.—Neda luniceps Cuv., H. & A. AD., Gen. Rec. Moll., ii, p. 40, pl. 61, f. 1, lw (copied from Voy. Samar- ang). Cuvier’s figure was evidently reversed in engraving, as de Blain- ville has remarked, bringing the gill on the left side. The above description is based on the published figures. ACT ZONIDA. 229 SUPPLEMENT TO MONOGRAPHS OF TECTIBRANCHIATA CEPHAL- ASPIDEA. Family ACTEONIDZ (Vol. XV, p. 135). Genus ACT ZEON (p. 147). A. ExILis Jeffreys (Vol. xv, p. 156) has also been dredged off Treland to the southeast of Rockall, in 1215 fms. (Norman, Ann. Mag. N. H. [6], vi, 1890, p. 63). Another figure is given in Proc. Mal: Soe. i, pl. 16, f. 8. Cossmann refers this species to Crenilabium, asubgenus of Actwon- idea. ‘The latter group is in reality a synonym of Rictazis Dall, 1871 (not 1891 as Cossmann states). The references to Crenila- bium are as follows: Crenilabium Cossm., Catal. Illustr. des Coq. Foss. de ’éocene des Environs de Paris, in Annales de la Soc. Roy. Malac. de Belgique, xxiv, 1889, p. 302 (type A. aciculatus Cossm.); Ess. Pal. Comp., 1, p. 53.—Lissacteon Monrrrosarto, I] Naturalista Siciliano, p. 188, 1890 (type A. exilis Jeffr.). A. BRown! Jordan. PI. 61, fig. 60. Shell spindle-shaped, opaque and somewhat glossy. Sculpture numerous spiral incised lines, those on the base being much stronger and visible to a sharp eye without the aid of a lens; the spaces be- tween these lines vary in width. Color ivory white; spire moder- ately elongated and gradually tapering to the apex. Whorls 5, but possibly 6, the apex being broken off, moderately rounded, the last forming about two-thirds of the shell. Suture slightly chanelled when examined by looking down the spire ; mouth about two-thirds of the length of the shell, acute angled above. Outer lip thin and unfortunately broken. Inner lip inconspicuous; pillar short and flexuous. Fold or plait winding obliquely down the pillar, and not tooth-like as in A. tornatilis. Operculum ear-shaped and marked with transverse lines of growth. Long. 8°12, diam. 3°15 mill. (Jor- dan). “Warm area, Faroe Channel,” about 80-90 miles N. of the Butt of Lewis, 570 fms. Acteon browni JORDAN, Proc. Malac. Soe. i, p. 267, pl. 16, f. 7. One specimen collected. 230 ACTHONIDH, AKERATID#. ADELACTZON Cossmann, 1895. Ess. Pal. Comp., p. 54, type A. papyraceus Bast., Miocene. Proposed as a substitute for Myonia A. Ad. non Dana, see Vol. xv, p. 167. Includes several Miocene species, the recent A. concinna Ad. (Vol. xv, p. 172) of Australia, and several Japanese forms (see Voliexv, p. 1695170): Genus KLEINELLA A. Adams (Vol. xv, p. 179). Cossmann, in his excellent Essais de Paléoconchologie Comparée, pt. 1, p. 44 (1895), has been able, by the assistance of Messrs. R. B. Newton and E. A.Smith, to figure the type of this genus, K. can- cellaris Ad., and to determine the fact that it does not belong to the Acteonide, but is allied to Menestho. His figure of K. cancellaris is reproduced in figure 6 of Frontispiece. For description see Vol. xv, p. 180. Acteon aplisiformis Fér., Tab. Syst., p. xxx= Elysia viridis Bose. Acteon viridis Fér. 1. c. (Laplysia viridis Mont.)=Elysia, a nudi- branch. Family AKERATID Pilsbry, (Vol. xv, p. 350). Genus AKERA (Vol. xv, p. 376). A. BULLATA Miller (Vol. xv, p. 377). Var. nana Jeffreys. Length ;% inch. Var. farrant Norman. Length 1? inch. (=A. bullata var. gigantea Norman, Mus. Normanianum, iv, Moll. 1888, No. 101). The variation in size in this species is most extraordinary, and perhaps the forms here treated as varieties should rather be regarded as entitled to rank as species. The full size of ordinary specimens may be taken as an inch; but no specimens of var. nana which were dredged by Jeffreys and myself in shallow water at Balta Sound, Shetland, exceed three-twentieths of an inch. On the other hand, Dr. Farran found many years ago (see Nat. Hist. Review, Vol. iv, [1857] p. 74) the gigantic variety which I here name after him. The specimens were dredged near Birterbuy Bay, Ireland; the animal measured 3 inches long and 23 wide, and weighed 22 ounces. The shell of one of these giants now in my collection measures 17 inches long and an inch wide; hundreds of specimens of var. nana AKERATID&. 231 might be placed in it asin a box! In 1876 in company with my friend Mr. David Robertson, I dredged diligently the spot carefully described by Farran, but without again meeting with this form; but Mr. A. G. More informed me that the year before that just men- tioned he had found a similar sized specimen in a lough near Gal- way. (Norman, Ann. Mag. N. H., 1890). Genus VOLVATELLA Pse. (Vol. xv, p. 382). V. LAGUNCULA Sowerby. Shell ovate-cylindric, membranaceous, involute, abruptly con- tracted behind, shortly produced, rounded in front. Aperture widely ovate in front, sinuous behind, very narrow, the right lip truncate at both ends, inflexed in the middle, left lip lightly re- flexed. Length 6, diam. 33 mill. (Sowd.). Port Elizabeth, S. Africa. Volvatella laguncula Sows., Journ. of Conch., vii, p. 373. Compared with V. cwmingi it is much smaller, less abruptly trun- eated and produced posteriorly, and proportionately wider ante- riorly ; it is also less cylindrical in form than JV. cincta of Nevill, and shows no sign of the transverse bands characteristic of that spe- cies. (Sowd.). CYLINDROBULLA scuLPTA Nevill (Vol. xv, p. 381) is reported from South Africa by Sowerby, J. ¢. Genus HAMINEA Leach, (Vol. xv, p. 352). H. srnotara Pilsbry. Shell cylindric-oval, hardly wider below, truncated above, rounded beneath, thin, but rather solid, ruddy-corneous, with a small opaque- white spot at each end, that at apex bounded below, that at colu- mella, above, by an opaque orange or reddish tract, appearing only on the latter part of the whorl. Surface polished, with excessively fine and close spiral striw, and rather coarse growth wrinkles. Aperture rather narrow, moderately enlarged below. Outer lip rising slightly above the vertex, but by no means high-arched. Col- umella concave, short, with a lunate, reflexed, but free, not adherent, flange, but no fold. Apex closed or subperforate. Alt. 11, diam. 7 mill. Yaeyama (Okinawa), Loo Choo Is. (Stearns). 232 AKERATID, BULLIDH, TORNATINID®. H. binotata Pis., Catal. Mar. Moll. Jap., p. 185 (1895).—H. binotata var. japonica PIs. L. ¢. Var. japonica Pilsbry. Shell like the above in coloration and sculpture, but smaller, thin and fragile, more swollen, the reflexed columellar callus thinner and adnate to body. Alt. 9, diam. 6:2 mill. Nemoto, Boshiu, Japan (Stearns). Family BULLID& Pilsbry, (Vol. xv, p. 326). BULLA SEMILEVIS Seguenza (Vol. xv, p. 339). Canon Norman, in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), vi, 1890, p. 67, states that this is the same as the later Bulla quernei Dautz. (see Manual xv, p, 336), and further “it is clear also, I think, that B.eburnea Dall [Manual xv, p. 839] is the same thing.” The local- ities quoted in Vol. xv for these synonyms, should be added to the range of B. semilevis, with the following: off the south of Ireland, 1000 fms. (‘ Flying Fox’ 1889, E. A. Smith). Bulla diaphana Montagu, Test. Brit., p. 225, is said by Jeffreys to be the young of Cyprea europea (Ann. Mag. N. H. [4], vii, p. 245, 1871). Bulla jeverensis Schroeter, Archiv fiir Zool. u. Zootomie, iv, p. 16. An undetermined small form, perhaps Retusa, from the North Sea. Family TORNATINID Fischer, (Vol. xv, p. 180). ToORNATINA PARVIPLICA Dall. Frontispiece, fig. 7. This species resembles 7. recta Orb. in a general way, especially when young, and 1s distinguished from it by its more rounded sur- face between the sutures of the spire, and by the obsolete plait on the pillar; the adult is a much thinner yet wider shell than 7. recta, and reaches a length of 6°5 and a width of 3:25 mill., with five whorls, beside the projecting sinistral nucleus. The spire is moder- ately elevated, the top of the last whorl flattish, but without canali- culation; the surface is faintly marked with lines of growth, not polished and entirely without spiral sculpture. The umbilicus is not perforate, and the plait is formed by the twisting of the thick- ened pillar, not superimposed upon the pillar. It is only known from the lagoons. (Dall). Watling Island Lagoon, Bahamas. TORNATINID®, RINGICULID®. 233 Tornatina parviplica Dau, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, no. 9, p. 115, fig. 8 (Oct., 1894). Retusa [ Coleophysis] ErFusA Monts. (Il Naturaliste Siciliano, ix, p. 188, 1890) is an insufficiently described form from Villa- franca. Rerusa ovata Jeffreys (Vol. xv, p. 232). See Norman, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), vi, p. 64, for a discussion of the synonymy and range. Buiua cReETICA Forbes. B. testa globosa, alba, leevigata, spira manifesta, umbilicata, margine rotundata; apertura superne con- tracta, inferne dilatata; columella perforata. Long ‘1 une. Crete, in 119 fms. (Capt. Graves, 1843). (Forbes, in Rep. Agean Invert., Rep. Brit. Asso. Adv. Sci. for 1843, p. 188, 1844. An unrecognized form, perhaps belonging to Retusa or Cylichna. Acrostemma Cossmann, 1895. Ess. Pal. Comp., p. 101. Type Bulla coronata Lam., Eocene. The recent B. striatula Forbes (Vol. xv, p. 212) is placed in this group, which is ranged as a subgenus under Roxania by Cossmann. Family RINGICULID:. Genus RINGICULA (Vol. xv, p. 594). Cossmann substitutes Ringiculella Sacco, 1892, type R. awriculata for Ringiculina Monts., 1884, but the latter should, I believe, be re- tained, if the group is worth a name. Genus PUGNUS Hedley, 1896. Pugnus HEDLEY, Records of the Australian Museum, ii, no. 7, p. 106. By its thrice folded columella, anterior canal, thickened outer lip, and sculpture of spiral grooves crossed by transverse strize, this very distinct genus takes a place in the family Ringiculide. From the only other surviving genus, Ringicula, Pugnus is separated by its involute shell and buried spire. In the shortness of the spire the Cretaceous fossil Ave//ana occupies a position intermediate between these two. Its contour is, however, more globose, and those subor- dinate groups which agree with Pugnus in possessing a smooth lip, appear to differ by having one columella plication only. (Hedley). 234 kINGICULIDH, SCAPHANDRID&®. The form of the lip and plicate columella suggest Cypreeacteon White (Contr. Paleont. Brazil, p. 176,in Archivos do Mus. Nac. do Rio de Janeiro, vii), but that Cretaceous fossil is a large form, with inflexed, crenulated outer lip and apical umbilicus. The Brazilian species, being an internal cast, no information is available on the sculpture of the shell. It is doubtful whether Cypreacteon is really a Tectibranch. Ovulacteon Dall Vol. xv, p. 178) has no columel- lar folds. P. parvus Hedley. PI. 74, fig. 7. Shell minute, white, solid, oblong, involute, spire buried, imper- forate at either extremity, the posterior of the inner portion of the last whorl obliquely sloped. Sculptured by about thirty spiral grooves, whose interstices are three times their breadth, and are cut by longitudinal strize into squarish facets. Aperture as long as the shell, vertical, contracted in the middle, expanded anteriorly and posteriorly, inner lip overlaid with callus; outer lip smooth, greatly thickened externally and internally, springing from a false umbili- cus in the vertex, arched higher than it, arcuate peripherally, curv- ing below the whorl up to the columella and chanelled at the junc- tion; anteriorly the columella bears a strong entering fold, posterior and parallel to which is a weaker one, and posterior to this again a small deeply-seated third fold is just distinguishable. Length 13, breadth 1 mill. Animal unknown. (Hedley). Manly, near Sydney, alive, at low tide on rocks, and dead in shell sand from Middle Harbor, Port Jackson, Australia. (A. U. Henn). P. parvus HEDLEY, l. ¢., p. 106, pl. 23, f. 1. Family SCAPHANDRID (Vol. xv, p. 242). Genus SCAPHANDER (Vol. xv, p. 244). S. aLatus Dall. PI. 74, Fig. 4. Shell pure white, with a pale straw-colored epidermis, polished, punctate, with a pervious axis; sculpture of faint lines of growth crossed by numerous fine rows of punctures, with wider, pretty regu- lar, interspaces; behind the pillar-lip a few of these rows are so im- pressed as to form grooves; form of the shell ovate, attenuated in the posterior third; aperture as long as the shell, narrow behind, rounded in front; outer lip sharp, produced behind the immersed spire in an alate manner; body with a thin wash of smooth pure SCAPHANDRID#. 235 white callus; pillar lip twisted about a pervious axis, stout, thick, with a narrow groove behind its anterior part, but no umbilical chink. Extreme length of shell 35, maximum diameter 20 mill. (Dall). This species belongs to the section Bucconia Dall. It is nearest allied to the type of that section, S. nobilis Verrill, from which it may be at once discriminated by its more attenuated posterior third and generally thicker shell and less inflated form, and by its alate outer lip. The gizzard plates are somewhat less distinctly quadrate than in S. nobilis. The Challenger obtained west of Papua a spe- cies of this group, S. mundus Watson, which is very like S. nobilis, ‘but cannot be confounded with the present species (Dail). Near the Hawaiian Is., in 298 fms. (Albatross). Scaphander alatus DALL, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvii, 1894, p. 676, pl. 27, £2. S. anpAMANICUS E. A. Smith. Frontispiece, fig. 18. Shell ovate, thin, white, here and there ferruginous stained, trans- versely punctate-striate, above and around the base encircled with few, hardly punctate strize ; spire immersed, concave. Aperture large, wide below, narrow above; lip slightly arcuate, very thin, above white calloused at the thickened insertion; columella strongly arched, convolute, and visible to the apex within, white and thick. Alt. 18, greater diam. 12, lesser 9 mill.; aperture 18 mill. long, 9 wide below (Smith). Andaman Sea, in 250 fms. S. andamanicus Smirn, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xiv, p. 167, pl. 4, f. 15 (Sept., 1894). The punctured grooves, about 40 in number, are not always equi- distant, and the punctures are also variable in size (S.). Subgenus Saspartia Bellardi (Vol. xv, p. 255). S. pustuLosa Dall. PI. 74, fig. 5. Shell solid, large, subpyriform, with wholly immersed spire and granular callous body lip; surface polished, sculptured by deep, rather wide, channeled grooves; punctate, but with the punctures overlapping one another so that the line presents an annulate aspect. There are a few intercalary, fine impunctate lines also. The form of the shell is rather rounded, smaller posteriorly, with an ob- scure constriction about the middle of the shell; apex dimpled, but 236 SCAPHANDRID®. imperforate; aperture narrow behind, wide and rounded in front outer lip thin, raised above the apex, but hardly alate; inner lip thick, callous, with numerous pustules, the axis barely pervious; pillar thick, pustular, its outer edge high, with a groove behind it, but no umbilical chink. Extreme length of shell 35, maximum diameter 20 mill. (Dall). This species recalls the more inflated Scaphander niveus Watson, from near the Philippines, but is readily distinguished by its more attenuated Budla-like form. It may, when older, exhibit a more prominent body callus than is shown by our specimen, the granula- tion of the pillar being much like that of adolescent specimens of Sabatia bathymophila Dall, from the deeper waters of the Antilles. (Dall). Near the Hawaiian Is., in 295 fms. (Albatross). Sabatia pustulosa Dau, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvii, 1894, p. 677, pl. 26, f. 10. Genus ATYS Montfort (Vol. xv, p. 261). It is evident from the very meager data at hand regarding the soft parts of the species grouped under Atys, that at least two or three genera will be formed by its disintegration. The dentition of typical Atys and of Alicu/a is still unknown. The dentition and ex- ternal anatomy of Roxania (see Vol. xv, pl. 61, f. 32, and pl. 59, f. 13) and of Weinkauffia (this vol. frontispiece, figs. 10, 11,12) show that these belong to two distinct though allied genera. Roxania will probably include Roxaniella as a subordinate group. Whether Weinkauffia is generically distinct from Atys or Dinia re- mains to be seen, the latter being still unknown anatomically. Vayssiére has recently (Journ. de Conchyl., 1893, p. 90, pl. 4) ex- amined Atys (Weinkauffia) diaphana Arad. & Mag. Part of his text and figures are given below. The systematic position of Wein- kauffia which he suggests (between Bulla and Haminea) seems to me to be wholly untenable. ATys DIAPHANA Arad. & Mag. Frontispiece, figs. 8-14. Animal with numerous spots of a beautiful brown-red color of very diverse forms and irregularly scattered, disposed in three series across the shell through which (by its transparence) they are seen. Head-shield squarish, with two posterior conic processes, the eyes contiguous, near posterior part of head shield; pleuropodial lobes SCAPHANDRID&. 237 little developed, anterior, reflexed only over the anterior edges of shell (see fig. 10, dorsal, and fig. 11, external view). Jaws (fig. 8) composed of little compressed, imbricating pieces. Radula with the formula 3.1.8; rachidian tooth somewhat rudi- mentary, quadrangular, the cusp small, a little recurved and bi- lobed. Inner two laterals on each side of about the same form ; the curved cusp bearing very fine denticles along the concave side ; third lateral on each side subobsolete, without denticles (fig. 12). The gizzard contains three large, brown-blackish, corneous pieces (figs. 14, 13). Shell white, rather corneous, very hyaline, of an oval-elongated form ; on the back of the shell there are five transverse parallel and slightly oblique striz in front, and behind there are three similar strie. See Vol. xiv, p. 278. The species also inhabits the Gulf of Mar- seilles, but sparingly. The specific name is preoccupied by Mon- tagu, so one of the later names will be substituted. Subgenus ALicuLAstruM Pilsbry, 1896. =Aliculu EHRENBERG, 1831 (see Vol. xv, pp. 261, 262, 265), not Alicula Eichwald, Naturhistorischer Skizze von Lithauen, Volhy- nien u. Podolien (Vilna, 1830) p.214, proposed for A. okenti (Ul. ¢. p. 214, footnote), A. lichtensteinii and A. volhynica (1. ¢. p. 215). Alicula Eichw. has been given precedence over Alicula Ehren- berg by Cossmann, who considers it to indicate the same group. This, however,isan error. Eichwald’s Alicuda has a projecting spire, and is certainly a totally different thing. Eichwald calls it a transi- tion from Oliva to Voluta. For Ehrenberg’s group the new name given above may be used. CiisTaxiIs Cossmann, 1895. Ess. Pal. Comp., p. 90. New name for Cryptaxis Jeffreys non Lowe, type Cylichna parvula Jeffr. (Vol. xv, p. 2938). While possibly distinct, the shell-characters alone are not suffi- cient for the generic elevation of this form, which probably belongs to either Cylichna or Retusa. Genus DIAPHANA Brown (Vol. xv, p. 280). D. (?) Fragius Vélain. Vol. xv, pl. 23, fig. 50. Shell short and subcylindric, truncate at base, thin, translucent and gray; surface ornamented with little longitudinal striz, very 238 SCAPHANDRID&, PHILINIDZ. closely placed. Aperture largely embracing, lengthened, narrow and subangular at base, which is longer than spire, more dilated and rounded above; columella narrow, elevated, a little twisted, the lower columellar margin strongly convex toward its middle; umbil- icus small, circular, narrow and profound. Alt. 23, diam. 1 mill. ( Vél.). Island of St. Paul, inside the crater, under stones at low water. Bulla fragilis VELAIN, Comptes Rend., 1876; Archiv. Zool. Ex- pér. et Génér., vi, 1877, p. 128, pl. 4, f. 31—B. dive Velain, t. ¢., p. 144. Looks like a young shell. Family PHILINIDZ (Vol. xvi, p. 1). Genus PHILINE Asc. (Vol. xvi, p. 2). The references to Colobocephalus and Colpodaspis should be omitted from the generic and specific descriptions and references, as it was deemed best to admit both as genera, pending definite infor- mation on those forms. Add the following: P. trncTA Verrill. Shell broad, oblong, rather large for the genus, widest in the middle, very thin, tinged with smoky brown, not polished and with- out distinct spiral lines, but with very distinct, fine, close, sinuous, slightly raised, minutely wavy lines of growth. The apex is rounded and shows neither spiral whorls, nor a depression. The outer lip rises slightly above the body-whorl from which it is separated by a broad and deep notch; from the posterior shoulder to the anterior end it is broadly flaring and convex, with a slight-reunded angle about the middle; anteriorly it is a little narrower and evenly rounded ; the columella margin is slightly excurved, with a thin edge in front of the middle, and is reflected against the body-whorl, where it joins it leaving a slight groove behind it, and winding into the shell it forms a distinct, raised spiral fold, separated from the more prominent inner surface of the body-whorl by a concave groove. Length, 10°75; breadth in middle, 8; breadth of aperture, 7 mill. (Verrill). Off Marthas Vineyard, in 65 fms. (“Albatross ”’). P. tincta V., Tr. Conn. Acad., v, p. 544 (July, 1882). AGLAJIDA, GASTROPTERID®, RUNCINID®. 239 Family AGLAJID. Genus AGLAJA Renieri (page 44). The following forms were overlooked in the preparation of this monograph : A. ORBIGNYANA Rochebrune. PI. 54, fig. 3. Body thick, ovoid; foot short, sub-bipartite below, blackish stri- * ated with radiating strize ; posterior lobes visibly elevated, of a black- violet, ornamented longitudinally with irregular interrupted yellow- ish lines; margins of mantle undulated, quite thick, greenish gray. Length 14, width 11 mill. (Rochebr.). Road of Santiago, Cape Verde Archipelago (Cessac). Posterobranchus orbignyanus RocuEsr., Bull. Soc. Philomath., 1881, p. 28; Nouv. Arch. du Mus., 1881, p. 265, pl. 18, f. 5. A. TRICOLORATA Ren. (p. 45). Add the synonym: Doridium achates Drsu., Traité Elém. de Conch., Expl]. des Planches, p. 58; Atlas de Conchyliologie, pl. 91, f. 3-5. Family GASTROPTERID (Vol. xvi, p. 39). GASTROPTERON MECKELII (?) is reported by Dall from east Flor- ida and Guadalupe, in Catal. Mar. Moll. S.-E. U.S., Bull. 37 U.S. Mus., p. 88. Family R UNCINIDZ (Vol. xvi, p.171). PELTA CAPREENSIS Mazzarelli, Atti Acc. Napoli, vi, No. 4, p. 3, from the Gulf of Naples, is a new species of Runcina, of which the description is inaccessible to me. ERRATA. P. 89. After T. Robertsi, read pl. 55, figs. 5, 6. P. 96. After T. Tryoniana, read pl. 57, figs. 24-27. P. 155. Omit f. 35 from references in fifth line from bottom. REFERENCE TO PeAtiies FRONTISPIECE. FIGURE. PAGE. 1-3. Oxynoe delicatula Nev. J. A.S.B.. . . - . 65 4, Oxynoe. hargravesi. P.ZaS...- 9. . .1 : =acy canes 5. Lobiger wilsoni Tate. Tr. R. Soc.S: Austr... . © . 2 es 6. Kleinella cancellaris Ad. After Cossmann,. . .. . . 230 7. Tornatina parviplica.,; After Dall, ... 2.0. eee 8-14. Weinkauffia diaphana Arad. After Vayssiére,. . . 23 15, 10. Chelidonura hirundinea Q. & G. Voy. Astrol.,. . . 34 17. Oxynoe olivacea Rafs. Journ.deConch,. ...... 162 18. Scaphander andamanicus Smith. Ann. Mag.,. . . . . 235 19-22. Philine ossiansarsi Friele. Nyt. Mag. ...... 14 23. Philine sinuataStimp. Sh.of NewEngl.,....... 18 PLATE 1. 1-5. Aglaja marmorataSmith. Zool. Alert... . .... . 48 6. Aglaja gigliolii Tapp. Can. Zool.Magenta. ..... . S50 7. Aglaja lineolata Ad. Gen.Ree. Molh,. . . | \. 2a 8. Aglaja depicta Ren. Gen: Rec. Moll.,. . . . . S46 9. Philine aperta Linné. After Vayssiére,. ....... 10 10. Aglajatricolorata Ren. After Vayssiére,. ...... 48 12. Aglaja depicta Ren. After Vayssiére,. ....... 46 14. Aglaja diomedea Bergh. (shell). After Vayssiére,. . . 52 PLATE 2. 15. Philine coreanica A. Adams. C.Icon.,. . a 16. Philine orientalis A. Adams: GC. Icon.,.; -. 7) 2a 17, 18. Philine striatella T. C. (=japonica). Zool. Magenta. 5 19, 20. Philine truncatissimaSowb. C.Icon,... .... 5 21, 22. Philine scalpta A. Adams. After Lischke,. . . 6 23, 24, Philine japonica Lischke. After Lischke, . 5 25, 26. Chelidonura hirudinea Q. & G. Thes. Conch., .. ey ie 27-30. Cryptophthalmus luteus Q. & G. Zool. Astrolabe,. 38 31-35. Chelidonura hirudinea Q. & G. After Mobius,. . . 34 36-38. Cryptophthalmus cylindricus Pse. Am. Journ. Conch. 37 PLATE 3. 39, 40. Philine polaris Auriv. Vega Exp,........ 22 41, 42. Philine angulata Jeffreys. C.Icon,........ 17 (240) REFERENCE TO PLATES. FIGURE. 43. Philine seutulum (= ee Wood). C. Icon., 44-46. “ Utriculopsis vitreea”’ Sars (=Diaphana globosa, see Vol. xv, p. 286). Compare page. . 47, 48. iain; planciana (=aperta L.). Enum. Moll. ‘Sicil., —=aperta L.). C.Icon., 50. Philine schroeteri Phil. (—aperta L.). Enum., 51. Philine aperta L. After Hidalgo,. . . . 52, 63, 54. Philine aperta L. After Mobius, . 5d, 56. Philine aperta L. C. Icon., 57, 58. Philine angasi Crosse. C. Icon., 59. Philine angasi “Crosse. Journ. de Coneh., 60. Philine erythreea H. Addn ba Ass PLATE 4. 61. Philine sagra Orb. Tr. Conn. Acad., 62, 63. Philine sagra Orb. Moll. Cuba, . 64. Philine catena Mont. Moll. Rouss., . 65. Philine monterosatoi Jeffr. Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr., 66-68. Philine vestita Phil. Enum. Moll. Sicil., 69. Philine punctata Clark. Thes. Conch., . 70-72. Philine candeana Orb. Moll. Cuba, . 79. Philine pruinosa Clark. Conch. Icon., 74-78. Philine pruinosa Clark. After Sars, . 79, 80. Philine nitida Jeffreys. After Sars, . 81, 82. Philine nitida Jeffreys. C.Icon.,. . 83-85. Philine lovenii Malm. After Sars,. . 86-89. Philine flexuosa M. Sars. After Sars, . PLATE 5. 1-3. Philine scabra Mull. After Sars, . 4-6. Philine cingulata Sars. After Sars, . 7-11. Philine i Brown. After Sars, . : 12,13. Philine infortunata Pils. After Sars, . 14-16. Philine finmarchica Sars. After Sars, . 17-19. Philine quadrata Wood. After Sars, . 20-22. Philine fragilis Sars. After Sars, . 23-25. Philine catena Mont. After Sars, . ; 26-28. Philine velutinoides Sars. After Sars, . PLATE 6. 29-32. Cryptophthalmus smaragdinus Leuck. Symb. Phys., 38-36, Cryptophthalmus smaragdinus Leuck. After v Riippell, 3 37, 88. Aglaja nuttalli Pils. Pilsbry, del ieare ts 39, Navanax enigmaticus Bgh. After Bergh, . 40-43. Aglaja maculata Orb. After d’ Orbigny, . 16 242 REFERENCE TO PLATES. PLATE 7. FIGURE. PAGE. 1, 10. Gastropteron rubrum Raf. Zool. Bonite,. . . . . . 40 2-4. Gastropteron rubrum Raf. After Vayssiére,. . . . . 40 5-9. Gastropteron rubrum Raf. After Bergh,. . . ... 40 PLATE 8. 11. Gastropteron rubrum Raf., penis. After Bergh,. . . . 40 12,13, 16. Gastropteron rubrum Raf, jaw. After Bergh,. . 40 14, 15, 17-28. Gastrepteron pacificum Bgh. After Bergh,. 42 PLATE 9, 1-3. Philine aperta Linn., stomach plates. After Sars,. . 10 4,5. Philine aperta Linn., teeth.> Ater Sars, 7. - £h0) 6, 7. Philine aperta Linn. , fore and mid gut. After Sars, “Jal 8. Colobocephalus costellatus M. Sars, } row teeth After Sars, 33 9. Colpodaspis pusilla Sars, + row teeth. After Sars,. . . 28 10. Philine pruinosa Clark, teeth. After Sars,. ..... 26 11-13. Tethys punctata Cuv., radula. After Sars,. .. .. 605 14,15. Tethys punctata Cuv., bent of digestive tract. “After Sars, , : ae 16. Tethys punctata Cuv., jaws. After Sars, . . Yh oe as 17-22. Aglaja adelle Dall! W. H. Dall, del,, MP 5 Ss 23. Gastropteron rubrum Raf., radula. After Vayssicre, Pe eas) 24, 25. Lobiger serradifalci Calc., teeth. After Vayssiére,. . 167 26. Phyllaplysialafonti Fisch. After Fischer,. . . . .. . 183 PLATE 10. 27, 28, Lobiger serradifalci Caleara. After Vayssiére,. . . 167 29, 32, 33. Lobiger serradifalci Caleara. Ann.Sci. Nat... . 167 30, 31. Lobiger serradifalci Caleara. Journ. de Conchyl., . . 167 34, 85. Lobiger viridis (=nevillii Pils... J. A.S.B.,. . . 168 36. Lobiger corneus (=serradifalei). Thes. Conch... . . 167 37. Lobiger pictus (=viridis Pse.). Don. Bism:;. . =22 tes 38. Lobiger viridis Pse. Am. Journ. Conch.,. . Se sliGg 39-42. Lobiger souverbiei Fisch. Journ. de ‘Conehyl., . A EiGe PratE 11. 43, 44, 46, 47-50. Oxynoe olivacea Raf. Journ. de Conch., . 162 51, 52. Oxynoe viridis Pse.» Donum Bism.,. . . 165 538-55. Oxynoe viridis Pse. Am. Journ. Conch., . 165 56, 57. Oxynoe brachycephalus (—olivacea). Gen. "Rec. Moll. 164 58-62. Oxynoe sieboldi (—olivacea). Am. Sci. Nat... . . 164 REFERENCE TO PLATES. 243 PuaTE 12. FIGURE. PAGE. 63, 64, 65. Aglaja depicta Renieri. After Vayssiére,. . . . 46 66, 67. Aglaja depicta Renieri. After Cantraine,. . . . . 46 68-70. Aglaja depicta Renieri. After Bergh,. ..... . 46 PuaTE 138. 71, 72, 73, 75 and fig. in lower left corner, mele tricolorata Ren. After ‘Bergh, a Res RS pete ch) 76, 77. Aglaja depicta Ren. After Bergh, cons ty eee eG 78. Aglaja purpurea Bgh., (penis). After Bergh, 39 ap peo Puate 14. 79, 80. Navanax eenigmaticus Bgh. After Bergh,. . . . . 58 $1. Aglaja tricolorata Ren. After Bergh,. ......-. 465 82, 83, 84. Aglaja ocelligera Bgh. After Bergh,. . .. .. 58 85. Aglaja punctilucens Bgh. After Bergh,. ...... 54 PLATE 15. 86-88. Navanax eenigmaticus Bgh. After Bergh,. . . . . 58 89-93. Navanax inermis Coop. After Bergh,. ...... 58 94, 95. Aglaja diomedea Bgh. After Bergh,. . ..... 52 PLATE 16. 1. Tethys nodiferus A. & R. Zool. Samarang,. .... . 109 2. Tethys lineolata A.& R. Zool.Samarang,. ... . . 110 aud. ethys tigrina Rang. AfterRang,....... . . - 108 5, 6. Tethys tigrinella Gray. Zool. Astrol., cn Gh sue eee 7. Notarchus rufus Q. &G. Zool. Astrol,. ...... .148 8. Tethys oculifera A. & R. Zool. Samarang, Cees oirdy sear al L8) PEATE Li. 9,10. Tethys julianaQ. &G. Zool. Astrolabe,. . . . . . 108 a Notarchus cirrhifer Q. & G. Zool. Astrolabe, . . 5 eD 2,13. Notarchus gelatinosus (=indicus). Zool. Astrolabe, a ie Tethys nigrocincta Mart. After Mobius,. . . + LO 17-19. Tethys maculata Rang. After Rang,. . . . .. . 107 Prape 13. aie Nethys-fimbriata A.& R. C.Ieon,. . .. .. . «105 Bees. Tethys japonica Sowb. C.Icon.,. .-. .°. . / .-..106 24. Tethys fimbriata A.& R. Zool.Samarang,. . . . . . 100 244 REFERENCE TO PLATES. FIGURE. 25. Tethys orientalis Sowb. C. Icon., 26,27. Tethys sinensis Sowb. C. Teaneea wr 28. Tethys pulmonicaGld. U.S. Expl. Exped., PLATE 19. 29, 30 31. Tethys inca Orb. Voy. Am. Mérid., . 32, 33. Petalifera similis Sowb. (=virescens). C. Ieun., . 34-36. Tethys rangiana Orb. Voy. Am. Mérid., ° PuaTE 20. 37-39. Tethys livida Orb. Voy. Am. Mérid., 40, 41. Tethys grandis Pse. Conch. Icon., 42, Tethys trigona Sowb. Conch. Icon., 43, 44. Tethys bipes Pse. Conch. Icon., 45. Tethys cornigera Sowb. Conch. Icon., 46, 47. Tethys sandwicensis Sowb. Conch. Icon., PLATE 21. 1-5. Colpodaspis pusi'la Sars. After Garstang, . 6-11. Colobocephalus costellatus Sars. After Sars, . 12. Paraplysia piperata Smith. After Gilchrist, . 13, 14. Paraplysia monhoti Gilchrist. After Gilchrist, . PLATE 22. 1-5. Tethys sorex Rang. After Rang, . 6-9. Dolabrifera oahouensis Souleyet. Voy. Bonite, . 10,11. Tethys nigra Orb. Voy. Am. Mérid., PLATE 23. Tethys depilans Linné. After Rang, . PLATE 24. 33, 34. Tethys depilans Linné. After Rang, . 35, 86. Tethys depilans Linné. After Jeffreys, . PrarE 25; 1. Tethys geographicus A. & R. Voy. Samarang, . 2. Tethys peasei Pils. Am. Journ. Conch., ifs 2. Pleurobranchus cornutus Q. & G. Voy. ‘Astrolabe, . PAGE. . 104 . 104 96 87 130 86 79 92 112 91 1038 92 28 39 eo ins As 94 - 122 85 69 - 206 69 69 . 103 95 REFERENCE TO PLATES. FIGURE, 3. Tethys viridescens Pse. (much reduced). Am. Conch., 245 PAGE, Journ. 94 4, 5. Dolabella tongana Q. &G. (—ecaudata). Zool. Astrol. 158 PLATE 26. 26, 27. Dolabella scapula Martyn. After Rang, . 28. Dolabella scapula Martyn. Zool. Samarang, . PLATE 27. 29, 30. Dolabella scapula Mart. Zool. Astrolabe, . 31, 32. Dolabella elongata Sowb. C. Icon., . : PLATE 28. 33, 34, 36. Dolabella hasselti, var. Zool. Astrolabe, . 35. Dolabella scapula Mart. C. Icon., PLATE 29. 37-39. Notarchus lineolatus Gld. U.S. Expl. ace 40. Notarchus citrinus Rang. After Rang, . 41. Notarchus longicauda Q. &G. Voy. Uranie, . 42, 43. Notarchus longicauda Q.& G. After Rang, : 44. Notarchus quercinus Gld. U.S. Expl. Exped, . 45,46. Notarchus nudatus Rang. After Rang, . 47-49. Notarchus striatus Q.& G. Voy. Astrolabe, PLATE 30. 1, 5,6. Tethys punctata Cuv. After Rang, . 2. Tethys punctata Cuv. After Cuvier, . 3. Tethys punctata Cuv. After Philippi, . 4, Tethys punctataCuv. After Vayssiére, . 7,8. Tethys punctata Cuv. After Jeffreys, . 9-11. Aplysia pees Phil. ae iE: Roe Cuy. wy.) Philippi, . PLATE 31. 12-15. Tethys ocellata Orbigny. Hist. Nat. Canaries, . PLATE 32. 16-19. Tethys dactylomela Rang. After Rang,. . Aten ~1 oO 246 REFERENCE TO PLATES. PLATE 33. FIGURE, PAGE, 20-22. Tethys leporina Linné.. After Rang,....... 72 23. Tethys leporina Linné, radula. After Mazzarelli,. . . . 72 24. Tethys leporina Linné, opaline gland. After Blochmann, 72 25. Tethys depilans L.,opaline gland. After Blochmann,. . 69 26-29. Tethys marmorata Blainv. After Rang,. ..... 74 Puare 34. 1-5. Dolabrifera fusca Pse. Amer. Journ. Conch... . . 122 6-8. Dolabrifera tahitensis Pse. Amer. Journ.Conch,. . . 121 9,10. Dolabrifera sowerbyi Guild. C.Icon,..... .. .126 11-16. Dolabrifera dolabrifera Cuv. After Rang,. . . . . 118 17. Dolabrifera ascifera Rang. C. Icon., . ree es 18. Dolabrifera pacifica Pse. C. Icon, . 4 oe poems 19, 20. Dolabrifera ascifera Rang. After Rang,. . . .. . 124 91, 22. Dolabrifera marmorea Pse. ©. Icon.,) . ..) eee 23,24. Dolabrifera vitrea Sowb. C.Icon.,. ...... .121 95. Dolabrifera olivacea Pse. ):‘C. Icon... .7. 2 . > 2 =e 26,27. Dolabrifera maillardi Dh. Moll. Réunion,. . . . . 119 28. Dolabrifera cuvieri Ads. Gen. Rec. Moll,. . ... .118 29. Dolabrifera ascifera Rang. After Rang,.. . ... . 124 PLATE 309. 30, 31, 32. Tethys willcoxi Heilprin. Pilsbry,del,.... . 80 33, 35. Tethys equorea Heilprin. Pilsbry, del.,. . . . - 9.) a7 84. Tethys equorea Heilprin. After Heilprin,. ..... @7 36. Tethys guadaloupensis Sowb. C.Icon,. ....... 79 PLATE 36. 1, 2. Phyllaplysia lafonti Fisch. Journ. de Conch... . . 133 3. Petalifera ornata Desh. Tr. Elem.Conch.,.... . . 1380 4-7. Petalifera punctulata T.C. Voy. Magenta,. . . . . 131 9,10. Petalifera webbii (=virescens Risso). Mag. Zool., . 129 11,12. Petalifera brugnatellii B. &-R. Mag. Zool... . . . 180 13, 14. Phyllaplysia depressa Cantr. Mal. Médit,. . . . . 184 PLATE, 37. 15-19. Tethys floridensis Pils: Pilsbry, del, << <2) yim 20-22. Tethys protes Rang. After Rang,. . ."- 73s 23-25. Tethys parvula (Guild) Mérch. Pilsbry, del.,. . . 88 PLATE 38. 1,2. Tethys melanopus‘Crouch. P2Z.S:, 5 22-5 eee 3-5. Tethys braziliana Rang. After Rang,. ....... 82 REFERENCE TO PLATES. PANG PLATE 39: FIGURE, PAGE, 1—4. Tethys keraudreni Rang. After Rang,. ..... . 96 PLATE 40. 1-11. Notarchus punctatus Phil. After Vayssiére,. . . . 137 12, 13. Notarchus punctatus Phil. After Philippi,. . . . .138 14-16. Notarchus indicus Schw. After Mobius,. . . . . . 186 PLaTE 41. 17-19. Notarchus ocellatus Fér. After Rang,. . pales 20-22. Notarchus laciniatus R. & L. After Riippell, . ol Ad PLATE 42. 23-26. Notarchus savignanus Audouin. After Savigny,. . 144 PuaTE 43, aie ethys concavaisowb.: C.Icon.,. .. 1; . . <+ ) . 100 28. Tethys anguillaCuming. C. Icon.,. . = ak 29, 30. Notarchus lacinulatus Couth. U. S. Expl. Exped, _ 147 31. Notarchus plei Rang. After Rang,. . AS. . 148 32, 33. Phyllaplysia limacina Rang. After Rang, Waa ee ee ee! 34. Notarchus glaucus Cheesem. TPe7, SW ure Senne be ye lee (9 PLATE 44. Sooo. JNotarchus plei Rang. Pilsbry, del.,... . ~ ...-. 148 37. Notarchus plei Rang. “After Rang, . reas 38-41. Dolabrifera jacksoniensis Pils. “Pilsbry, del., ee elZO PLATE 40. 1. Oseanius grandis Pse. Am. Journ. Conch.,. . peels) 2-6. Pleurobranchus punctatus Q. & G. Voy. “Astrolabe, . 205 7-9. Pleurobranchus delicatus Pse: Am. Journ. Conch.,. . 202 PLATE 46. 10, 14, 15. Oscanius mamillatusQ. & G. Voy. Astrol.,. . . 220 11, 16, 17. Pleurobranchus ovalis Pse. Am. Journ. Conch., . 202 12,13. Pleurobranchus angasi Smith. Zool. Alert,. . . . 205 248 REFERENCE TO PLATES. PLATE 47, FIGURE, 18, 19. Oscanius hilli Hedley. P.L.S. N.S. W., 20, 21. Pleurobranchus tessellatus Pse. Am. oneal Conch., 29, 23. Pleurobranchus ornatus Cheesem. P. Z.S., PLATE 48. 24-28. Pleurobranchus peronii Cuy. Voy. Astrol., 29-31. Pleurobranchus citrinus Riipp. After Riippell, - 32, 338. Oscanius forskali (marinus). After Riippell, . 34, 35. Gymnotoplax scutatus(—martensi). After Mobius, PLATE 49. 36-38. Oscanius reticulatus Rang. Mag. de Zool., 39-41. Pleurobranchus oblongus Aud. sees Savieny, 42. Oscanius blainvillei Less. Cent. Zool., PLATE 50. 43, 46. Oscanius testudinarius Cantr. After Philippi, . 44, 45. Oscanius testudinarius Cantr. After Vavssieére, . 47, 48. Tylodina americana Dall. Blake Rep., Prare 5: 50, 51. Oscanius tuberculatus Meckel. After Vayssiere, . 52, 538. Oscanius tuberculatus Meckel. After Forbes & Han- OAR LOY, ii, RR aaa OE) Se ae 54, 55. Oscanius tuberculatus var. dehaani Cantraine. Cantraine, . . 56, 57. Oscanius faberouleriet Meckel, : 58. Hyalopatina rushii Dall, from drawing of ty pe, - PEArE yo: 60, 61, 64, 65. Pleurobranchus ge Mont. Forbes & . 198 . 194 Hanley, #: 62, 63. Pleurobranchus stellatus Risso. After Vayssicre, . 66-68. Pleurobranchus monterosatoi Vayssiére. After V ay s- selere, 69-72. Pleurobranchus brevifrons Phil. “After Philippi, : 73-75. Pleurobranchus perforatus Phil. After Philippi, . 76, 77. Pleurobranchus aurantiacus Risso. After Cantraine, 78. Pleurobranchus aurantiacus Risso. After Philippi, . 79, 80. Pleurobranchus aurantiacus Risso. After Vayssiére, . PAGE, . 220 . 208 . 206 . 207 . 208 . 2116 . el ~216 . 208 sous . 213 . 213 . 188 . 214 . 21° . 214 . 184 . 196 BS CL OR 195 . 195 195 REFERENCE TO PLATES. PRATE Os. FIGURE, 81-83. Pleurobranchzea meckelii Bly. Pilsbry, del., 84. Pleurobranchea meckelii Blv. After Bergh, . ' 85. Pleurobranchzea meckelii Blv. After Cantraine, . 86. Pleurobranchea tarda Verrill. After Verrill, . 87. Pleurobranchzea noveezealandiz Cheesem. | a ices 88, 89. Pleurobranchzea maculata Q. & G. oo Astrol., 90. Oxynoe antillarum Morch. Pilsbry, del., PLATE 54. 90-94. Koonsia morosa Bgh. After Bergh, 95, Pleurobranchzea luniceps Cuv. After Cuvier, Noa s 96, 97. Pleurobranchexa luniceps Cuv. After Adams, . 98, 99, 1, 2. Pleurobranchus digueti Roch. eu del., 3. Aglaja orbignyana Roch. Nouv. Archiv., . 4,5. Oscanius dilatipes Ads. Gen. Rec. Moll., PLATE 55. 1-4. Tethys willcoxi var. perviridis Pils. Pilsbry, del., 5, 6. Tethys robertsi Pils. Pilsbry, del., Beech ee 7-9. Petalifera ferussaci Rang. After Rang, 10-12. Petalifera virescens Risso. After Vay ssiere, a. 4 13, 14. Petalifera quadrata (=virescens). After Sowb., PLATE OG: 18, 14. Tethys californica Coop. Pilsbry, del., . 15-17. Tethys lessoni Rang. After Rang, . PLATE 57. 18, 19. Tethys angasi ‘ Sowb. Conch. Icon., 20°21. Tethys tigrina Sowb. (=sowerbyi). ” Conch. Icon., 22, 23. Tethys sydney ensisSowb. Conch. Icon., 24-27. Tethys tryoniana Pils. Pilsbry, del., PLATE 658. 28, 29. Tethys gigantea Sowb. Conch. Icon., 30, 31. Tethys hyalina Sowb. (—excavata). Conch. Icon., 32, 83. Tethys excavata Sowb. Conch. Icon., . PLATE 59. 34. Tethys fusca Tiles. After Rang,. .. . 35, 36. Tethys elongata Pse. Don. Bism., . 249 PAGE, . 224 . 224 . 224 . 225 . 227 » 221 164 . 222 5 228 . 228 201 BS) » 216 81 89 = 130 129 - 130 89 86 - LOL 7 LOL 101 96 . 102 . 100 100 . 104 93 250 REFERENCE TO PLATES. FIGURE, 37, 38. Tethys elongata Pse. Pilsbry, del., 39. Tethys venosa Hutt. Tr. N. Z. Inst., . 40, 41. Tethys tigrina Rang. After Rang. . 42, 43. Tethys norfolkensisSowb. Conch. Icon., 44. Tethys brunnea Hutt. Tr. N. Z. Inst., PLATE 60. 45-48. Tethys panamensis Pils. Pilsbry, del., . 49-52. Tethys maculata Rang. After Rang,. . . 53. Tethys argus Rupp. & Leuck. After Rtppell, . PLATE 61. 54. Tethys euchlora Ads. Figs. Moll. Anim., 55. Tethys ocellatus (=adamsi). Figs. Moll. ’Anim., 56-58. Notarchus gelatinosa=indicus Schw. After Rang, . ; 59. Notarchus (Bursatella) leachii Blv. After Blainv., 60. Actzon browniJordan. Proc. Mal. Soc.i, . PLATE 62. 1. Notarchus plei Rang, genitalia. E.G. Vanatta, del., 2. Notarchus plei Rang, penis. E.G. Vanatta, del., 3. Tethys, “annexed genital mass.” After Mazzarelli,. . 4, Notarchus plei Rang, digestive tract. E.G. Vanatta, del. 5-8. Dolabrifera hollbdlli Bergh. After Bergh, . PLATE 63. 9-11. Dolabella teremidi Rang. After Rang, . 12-16. Dolabrifera nicaraguana Pils. Pilsbry, del., PLATE 64. 2. Dolabella guayaquilensis Sowb. Conch. Icon., 3. Dolabella hasselti (type) Fér. After Rang, . PLATE 65. 4-6. Dolabella gigas Rang. Ross, del.,. . 7, 8. Dolabrifera triangularis Wats. Chall. Rep. 9. Dolabrifera hollbélli Bgh. After Bergh,. . . 10, 11. Dolabrifera ascifera Rang. After “Bergh, ; REFERENCE TO PLATES. Doll PLATE 66, FIGURE, PAGE, 11-13. Dolabella ecaudata Rang. After Rang,. ... . . 157 14. Dolabella californica Stearns, diagram of the mantle cav- ity, the dorsal slit indicated by dotted lines. Seaail Gelprwere re eS oR ee : . 150 15-18. Dolabella californica Stearns. ‘Pilsbry, del., eee loo PLATE 67. 17, 18. Dolabella californica Stearns, teeth. Pilsbry,del.,. . 150 19, 20. Dolabrifera swiftii (? =ascifera Rang). Pilsbry, del. 125 21-25. Dolabrifera ascifera Rang, teeth. After Bergh,. . . 117 26. Phyllaplysia lafonti Fisch., teeth. After Mazzarelli,. . 132 27-30. Dolabrifera hollbdlli Bgh., teeth. After Bergh,. . . 127 PLATE 68. 31-34, 36. Runcina coronata Quatref, After Vayssiére,. . 172 35. Runcina coronata Quatref. After Quatrefages,. . . . 172 37-41. Runcina coronota Quatref. After Alder & Hancock, 172 42,45. Runcina prasina Moreh. After Bergh,. . . Sie PLATE 69. 44. Umbraculum mediterraneum Lam. After Vayssiére.. . 179 45. Umbraculum mediterraneum Lam., (head). After Vays- siére,. . arenes Oe aie er di (oe: 46. Umbraculum mediterraneum Lam. After Philippi, 2 47-49. Umbraculum mediterraneum Lam. Ross, del. . . 179 50, 51. Ildica nana Bergh, shell. After Bergh,. . . .. .174 52, 53. Idica nana Bergh, from right side and above. After Bere. 2.0 eh Todee ep We cima NL 54, 55. Ildica nana Bergh, dentition. After Bereh) vs. A 56. Ildica nana Bergh, penis. After Bergh,. . . ev Sree 57. Ildica nana Bergh, stomach plates. After Bergh, Sverre lice PLATE 70. 58-60. Umbraculum sinicum Gmel. Zool. Bonite,. . . . . 180 Glee Wimbraculumovalis'Cpr. Conch. Icon. ) . 5... Lill 62. Umbraculum corticalis Tate. After Tate,. .... . . 183 PLATE 71. 63-65. Umbraculum sinicum Gmel. Ross, del... . . . . . 180 66, 67. Haliotinella montrouzieri Souv. Journ, Coneh., ea 68, 69. Bertinia bertinia Jouss. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., 1883, itp HITE ARG OMe 2h sh, 41 a Vn aan Gat ok ieecuies © os OO 22 REFERENCE TO PLATES. Pian 72 FIGURE. PAGE, 70, 71. Umbraculum sinicum Gmel. U.S. Expl. Exped.,. . 180 72-74. Umbraculum plicatulum Mts. C. Mittheil,. . . . . 178 75, 76. Haliotinella patinaria Guppy. Journ. de Conch.,. . 210 PLATE 73. 77-82. Tylodina citrina Joannis. After Vayssiére,. . . . 186 83. Tylodina citrina Joannis. After Joannis,. . . . . . . 186 84, 85. Tylodina rafinesquii Phil.. After Philippi,. . . . . 187 86, 87. Umbraculum cumingi Desh. Moll. Réun.,. . . . . 182 PLATE 74. 88-90. Pleurobranchus peronii Cuy. After Cuvier,. . . . 207 91. Gymnotoplax americanus Verrill. After Verrill,. . . . 210 92, 93. Pleurobranchus patagonicus Orb. After @’ Orbigny, . 200 94. Koonsia obesa Verrill. After Verrill,. . . . 222 95. Pleurobranchus stellatus Risso, teeth. ‘After Bergh, Rate Se! 96. Pleurobranchus stellatus Risso, a plate of the jaw. After Vayssiére, .. . Se ees 97, 98, Pleurobranchus aurantiacus Risso, teeth. After Bereh. ee . Pe eas 99, Pleurobranchus aurantiacus Risso, jaw plate. After Bergh, . = ol nd treet) 1. Pleurobranchus plumula Mont., jaw plates. After Sars, . 193 2, 3. Pleurobranchus plumula Mont., teeth. After Sars, ... 1293 4. Scaphander alatus Dall. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus,. . . . 234 5. Seaphander pustulosus Dall. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,. . 235 6. Pleurobranchus monterosatoi Vayssiére, jaw plate. After Bershate ae onthe Tas» oy GaSe rrr te Pugnus parvus Hedley. After Hedley; . ... apes iInBex TO TECTIBRANCHS. Nore—The names of valid species and varieties are printed in Roman type; of genera and other groups in SMALL CAPITALS; of synonyms in Italic. Acardo Lam., L7G Acera Auct., 5 BBW Achates Dh. (Dorid.), . 239 Ac.LEsIA Rang, . . 135, 144 ACROSTEMMA ‘Cossm., . 238 ACTZONID#, ; 229 ACTON Montf., 229 Acutangula (Philine) ‘Ad, 4 Adamsi Ang. (Chelidonura), 36 Adamsi Pils. (Tethys), . 114 ADELACTZON Cossm., 230 Adelle Dall (Aglaja), . 8 Adelle Dall (Dorid.), 0 OF Mnigmaticus Bgh. (Navar- chus), : ee ie) Equorea Heilpr. (Aplysia), 77 AGLAJID&, : Parvin. 4a AGuaJa Ren., 43, 44, 239 POEDRA, —. . 230 Alata Forbes (Bullee: a), ye bailey Alatus Dall (Scaph.), 234 Alba Cuv. (Aplysia), nd: Alba Marsh. (Pleurobr.), . 194 Albopunctata Dh. (Aphysia), (al AuicuLa Eichwald, . 28 Alicula Ehrenb., ALICULASTRUM ‘Pils, eae Amabilis Verr. (Philine), . 25 Amati (Clio) Delle Chiaje,. 40 Americana Dall (Tylodina), Americanus Ver. (Gym- notoplax), Americanus Ver. (Pleuro- branchus), . 210 Amygdala marina a Plane, seal ANASPIDEA, aes) Andamanicus Sm, (Scaph, ), 285 Angasi Crosse (Philine), 8 Angasi Sm: (Pleurobr.))* . 205 Angasi Sowb. (Aplysia), . 101 Angulata Jeffr.(Philine), . 17 Anguilla Cum. (Aplysia), . 112 Angustata Biv. (Bulla), 13, 14 Antillarum Mch. (Oxynoe), 164 Aperta L. (Philine), . = ake Aplisiformis Fér. (Acteon. ), 230 Aplysia Linné, : 65 A plysiceforme Baek (Dori win), Aplysiella Fisch., ;, 128 APLYSIID”, : : 7 9 APLYSIINE Pil., 2 . 60 Areola Pse. (Aclesia), . 147 Areolatus Mch. (Pleurobr.), 199 Argentata (Philine) Gld.,. 4 Argentatus Leh. (Osean.), . 215 Argus Riipp. (Aplysia), . 110 Ascifera Rang. (Dolabri- fera), : : 124 AscoaLossa Bgh. . Gil Atlantica Gray (Tylo:), = 186 Anys Monti, . 236 Aurantiacus Risso « Pleuro- bist : oo Aurantium Pse. (Operc.), » Sil Balearicus Lar. (Pleurobr.), 224 Bermudense Mch. (Um- brella), . 100, 178, 180 BERTHELLA Blv., alge ( 253 ) 254 Bertinia Jouss., Bipes Pse. (Aplysia), Bipes Pse. (Syphonota), INDEX. - 189 Binotata Pils. (Haminea), . 2 92 Blainvillii Less. (Pleurobr.), 219 Brachycephalus Mch. (Oxy- NOG), 164 Brasiliana Rang. (Aplysia), 82 Brazieri Sowb. (Do labri- tera), : 120 Brevifrons Ph. (Pleurobr. 197 Brongniartit Bly.(Aplysia), 144 Browni Jord. (Actzeon), . 229 Brugnatellii Vanbened. (Aplysia), sg iisa Brunnea Hutt. (Aply sia), . Silk Bucconta Dall, . 236 Bulla Dacost. (Bulla), iui Bullea Lam., ee Bullata Miill., . 230 Bullidium Leue, , 44 Bursatella Blainv., 135, 188 Cailleti Dh. (Aplysia), 82 Californica Coop. (Aplysia), 89 Californica Stearns (Dola- bella), . 159 Callosa Lam. (Dolabella), 153 Calyptreeoides Fbs. (Pleuro- bray. : Senlets) Cameliformis Loc.(Aplysia), 73 Camelus Cuv. (Aplysia), 73 Candeana Orb. (Philine), 25 Candida Mill. (Bulla), 11 Capensis Pfr. (Bulla), Til Capreensis Maz. (Pelta), . 259 Carnosa Cuv. (Acera), 46 Catena Mont. (Philine), 13 Catenata Thorp. (Bullea), 14 Catenatus Leach (Sca- phander), . 13 Catenulifera Macg. (Bullza), 13 Catina Brown (Bullea), 13 Caurina Bens. (Philine), 9 CEPHALASPIDEA, 229 CHELIDONURA Ad., '. 1, 34 Chelinocura Fischer, 34 Chierchiana Maz. & Zucc. (Aplysia), , Ghnene ectier (Umbrac.), Chinensis Gray (Umbr.), Cingulata Sars (Philine), Circularis Mch. (Berthella), Circularis Mch. (Pleurobr.), Cirrhifera Q. & G. (Aply- Sia). < : Cirrhifer Q. & G. (Notar- chus), Cirrifera Q. &G. (Aclesia), Cirrosus Stimp. (Notar- chus), Citrina Joan, (Tylo.), Citrina Rang (Aplysia), Citrinus ae ee Citrinus R. mc br); Cleanthus Leach, Cleantus Leach, CLISTAXIS Cossm., Coccineum Fér. (Gastrop- teron), E P CoLOBOCEPHALUS Bare CoLpopasPIs Sars, : Concava Sowb. (Aplysia), : Contarinu Ver. (Pleurobr.), Coreanica Ad. (Philine), Coriaceum Meckel (Dorid- ium), . : Corneus Mch. (Lobiger), Cornigera Sowb. (Aplysia), Cornutus Q. & G. ee br.), Coronata Quatref, (Pelta), Corticalis Tate (Umbr.), Costellatus Sars (Colobo- cephalus), . Crenata Ad. (Philine), CRENILABIUM Cossm., Cretica Fbs. (Bulla), Cryptaxis Jeftr., . ; CrYPTOPHTHALMUS Ehr- enb., 12 Cumingi ‘Ad. (Lobiger), Cumingi Desh. (Umbr.), Cuvieri Ad. (Dolabrifera), Cuvieriana Chiaje (A plisia), 87 181 ee lye | 15 200 200 . 142 142 142 , 14t . 186 139 159 . 208 estes Sto aon 40 oo 28 100 215 Cuviert Bly. (Notarchus), Cuviert Chiaje (Aplisia), Cyanea Mts. (Aglaja), Cyaneum Mts. (Doridium), Cyanogaster Rud., Cylindrica Cheesem. (Ag- laja), . Cylindrica Cheesem. (Mel- anochlamys), . Cylindricus Pse. (Crypt- ophthalmus), 2 CYLINDROBULLA Fisch., CyPRHACTHON White, Dactylomela Rang (Aply- sia), Dehaanii Cantr. robr. ), Delicatula Nev. “(Oxy noe), (Pleu- Delicatus Pse. (Pleurobr.), ‘ Delle chiaii Ver. (Pleurobr.), Denisoni Smith (Aplysia), Denotarisii Ver.(Pleurobr.), ‘ Denticulata Ad. (Bulla), Depicta Ren. (Aglaja), Depilans L. (Aplysia), Depressa Cantr. (Aplysia), Deshaanii (Pleurobr.), Deubenii Lov. (Tylo.), Diaphana Arad. (Weink.), DriaAPpHANA Brown, . é Diaphana Mont. (Bulla), Digueti Roch. (Pleurobr.), Dilatata Jeffr. (Philine), Dilatata 8. Wood (Bulleea), Dilatipes Ad. (Oscan.), Diomedea Bgh. (Aglaja) Diomedeum Bgh. (Dorid.), DirreropHysis Pils., 162, Discoides Ren. . Dive Vel. (Bulla). DoLaBeLia Lam., DoLABELLIN& Pils., . ; Dolabrifera Cuv. (Dolab.), DoLaABRIFERA Gray, Dolabrifer Fischer, DoLABRIFERIN Pils., Doridiide, INDEX. 1386 Doridium Meckel, . . 71 DumortieriCantr.(Aplysia), 47 47 Eburnea Dall (Bulla), 223 Ecaudata Rang (Dolabella), Effusa Monts. (Coleoph.), 49 Ejidothea Risso, . Elongata Pse. (Aplysia), 50 Elongata Pse. (Syphonota), Elongata Pse, (Tethys), 37 Elongata Sby. (Dolabella), Zoi longatus Cantr. aS Pleu- 234 robr.), Etysia, . Emarginata Ad. (Bulla), 75 Erythrea Ad. (Philine), Erythrensis Cooke C Pha . 215 line), 165 Esmia Leach, : 202. Euchlora Ad. (Aply sia), 225 EvusrE.Lenops Pils., SAE 102. Excavata Sowb. et 215 Exilis Jeffr., 12 46 Farrani Norm. (Akera), 69 Fasciata Poir. (Aplysia), 134 Ferussacii Rang (Aplysia), 215 Fimbriata A. & R. (Aply- 187 Sia) eos é ; ‘ 236 Finmarchica Sars (Philine), 237 =Fleuriansi Orb. (Pleurobr.), 232 Flexuosa Monts. (Philine), 201 Flexuosa Sars (Philine), 27 ~+Floridensis Pils. (Tethys), . 13 Formosa Stimp. (Philine), . 216 ey Chiaje (Pleu- 52 robr.), 3 Forskalii Rupp. (Pleurobr.), 168 Fragilis Lam. (Dolabella), 192 : x PAVE 3 Fragilis Sars (Philine), 150 Fragilis Vel. (Bulla), 150 Fungina Gabb. (Tylo.), 118 Fusca Pse. (Dolabrifera), 117 + Fusca Tiles. (Aplysia), et lbs . 116 Gargotte Cale. ee 45 Gastroplax Blv., . 2388 255 44 . 232 157 44 95 93 93 156 . 196 . 230 11 256 GASTROPTERIDEH. . vi, 939 GASTROPTERON Kosse, 89, 239 Gelatinosa Rang (Notar- chus), Gelatinosus Rang (Aply sia), 136 Gemmata Mech. (Aglaja), 100 Gemmatum Mech. (Dorid.), 56 Geographica A. & R. (Si- phonotus), 105 Gervisia Q. & GG. - - 192 Gigantea Sowb. (Aplysia), 102 Gigas Rang (Dolabella), . 152 Gigliolii TO! (Aglaja), . 50 Glauca Cheesem. (Aclesia), Glaucus Cheesem. (Notar- chus), . : : Globosa Lov. (Diaphana),, 16 Grandis Leche (Philine), 20 Grandis Pse. (Aplysia), . 93 Grandis Pse. (Pleurobr.), . 218 Grandis Pse. (Syphonota), 93 Granulatus Kr. (Pleurobr.), 208 Granulosa Sars. (Bullea), 13 Granulosa Sars. (Philine),. 27 Gravesi Fbs. (Icarus), Griffithsie Gray, : 7) Griffithsiana Leh. (Esmia), 71 Guadaloupensis Sowb. (Aplysia), 19 Guay We Pet. (Dola- lla), : Baty) ae nei Dautz. (Bulla), . 232 Guttata Mts. (Aglaja), . 48 Guttata Sars. (Aplysia), . 71 Guttatum Mts. (Doridium), 48 GYMNOTOPLAX Pils. 191, 210 Haanii Loe. (Pleurobr.), . 215 HALIOTINELLA Souvy., 209 Hamiltoni Kirk (Aplysia), 99 HAMINEA, Zoi Hancocki Fbs. (Runcina), . Hargravesi Ad. (Oxynoe), 166 Elassclin Fér. (Dolabella), 154 Hemprichii Ehr. ( Dola- bella), 3 ~ LOG Hermania Monts., —. Ai Lee Hillii Hedl. (Oscanius), 220 INDEX. Hirundella Gray, . 54 Hirundinaria Gray (Hir- undella), . 30 ee Q. (Chelidon- ra), 34 Hollbaili Beh. (D olabri- fera), aA Hyalina Sowb. (Aplysia), 100 Hyalopatina Dall, 176, 184 HAybrida Sowb. (Apl ysia), 7a Icarus Forbes, ; ; Iupica Bergh., Sail Inca Orb. (Aplysia), . 400 Incus Sowb. (Aplysia), . 87 Indica Lam. (Umbr.), 181 Indicus Schweig. (Notar- chus), . 136 Inermis Coop. (Navanax), . 58 Inermis Coop. (Nav archus), 58 Inermis Coop. (Strategus), 58 Infortunata Pils. (Philine), 16 Infundibulum Dall Oe line). 23 Intrapicta Ckll. (Aclesia) . Intrapictus Ckll. (Notar- chus), : . 149 Jacksoniensis Pils. (Dolabri- fera), . . 120 Japonica Lisch. (Philine), . 5) Japonica Pils. (Haminea), 232 Japonica Sowb. (Aplysia), 106 Jerverensis Schr. (Bulla), . 232 Joannisia Monts., . 185 ‘JOHANTA Monts, .) | Ope Juliana Q. & G. ’( Aplysia), 108 Julienna Gray (Aplysia), . 108 Keraudrent Ang. (Syphon- Ota) sa 101 Keraudreni Rang (Aplysia), 95 Kleciachi Brus. (Lamel- laria), . 195 KLEINELLA Ad., : . 230 Koonsta Ver., 191 2a Krohnii Ad. (Lobiger), . 165 Krohnii Ad. (Lopho.), . 165 Krohnii A. Ad. (Oxynoe), Laciniatus R. & L. (Notar- chus), Lacinulata Couth. (Bursa- tella), Lacinulatus Couth. (Notar- chus), - Levigata Stimp. (Aplysia), Lafonti Fisch. ayenly: Sia), |<: Laguncula Sow. (Volv. Pe: Laona Ad., : ; Laplysia Linné, Davis Bly. (Dolabella), Leachii Blv. (Bursatella), . Leachii Blv. (Notarchus), . Leporina Delle oo (Aplisia), Leporina Linn. (Tethy s), Lepus Phil. (Aplysia), Lepus Risso (Dolabella), 73, Lernea Bohadsch, Lessoni Mazz. (Aplysia), Lessoni Rang. (Aplysia), Lesueurii Bly. (Pleurobr.), Leuconyx Ad., . Lima Brown (Philine), Limacina Bly. (Aplysia), Limacina L. (Tethys.), Limacina Blochm. (Aply- sla); : : : Limacoides Ver. (Pleu- robr.), Lineolata A. & R. (Aply- Sia), Lineolata Ad. (Aglaj a), Lineolata Couth. (Bulla), Lineolatus Gld. ( Notar- chus), Lineolatus Gld~ (Ss t y lo- cheilus), . Lineolatus Stimp. (Notar chus), Lissacteeon Monts., Livida Orb. (Aplysia), Lobaria Blainv., Lobaria Mill., 17 INDEX. 257 165 Lobiancoi Maz. (Aplysia), 73 Losicer Krohn, 162, 166 Longicauda Q. & G. (Notar- 145 chus), 143 Longicornis Rang (Aply- . 147 sia), 71 Lophocercus Krohn, 162 147 Loveni Malm. (Philine), 14 106 Luniceps Cuy. (Pleurobr.), 228 Lurida Orb. (Aplysia), 79 33 Lutea Q. & G. (Bulla) 39 251 Lutea Risso (Aplysia), 113 26 = Luteus Q. & G. SEs 65 thalmus), 38 70 138 Maculata Orb. (Aglaja), 5k 138 Maculata Orb. (Postero- branchea), : » OL 70 Maculata Q. & G. (Pleu- 72 robr.), : : era 73 Maculata Rang (Aplysia), 107 160 Maillardi Dh. (Dolabri- 65 fera), . HAS: ete Major Lank. (Aplysia), 70 86 Mammillatus Q. G. (Pleu- 215 robr.), : : 5 BAY) . 160 Mammillatus Sch. (Pleu- 20 robr.), adie 134 Marginata Ad. (Aplysia), 105 70 Marginata Ph. (Aplysia), wl Marginatus Pse. (Pleu- 73 ‘robr. 5 204 Marinus Forsk. (Lepus), 217 198 Marinus Forsk. (Osean.), . 216 Marmorata Blv. (Aplysia), 74 . 110 Marmorata Risso ( Eido- 49 thea), 46 21 Marmorata Smith (Aglaja), 48 Marmoratum Cantr. (Dorid- . 140 ium), ‘ : = 46 Marmoratum Sm. (Dorid.), 49 140 Marmorea Ad. (Aplysia), . 105 Marmorea Pse. (Dolabri- 142 fera), . : 123 299 Martensi Pils. (Gymnot.), . PARI 79 = Meckelii Blv. (Pleurobr.), . 224 44. Meckeli Chiaje (Doridium), 45 2 Meckelii (Gastrop.), . 239 258 Mediterraneum Lam. INDEX. (Uimbr); _: aes Melanochlamys C heesem., 44 Melanopus Crouch (Aply- sia), 75 Membranacea Mont. (Lam- ellaria), . 215 Membranacea Monts. ‘(Phi- line), . 22 Membranaceum “Meckel (Doridium), 45, 46 Membranaceus Mont. (Pleu- robr.), : 215 MENESTHO, : 230 Minor Lauk. (Aplysia), 225 MonostTicHoGLossaTA, . 161 Montagui Leh. (Cleantus), 194 Monterosatoi Jeffr. ( P hi- line), . 20 Monterosatoi Vayss. (Pleu- robr.), 196 Montrouzieri Souv. (Hal- iotinella.), . 210 Morosa Bgh. (Koonsia), 222 Morosus Bgh. (Pleuro- branchillus), —. . 228 Mouhoti Gilch. (Aplysia), 116 Mustelina Dav. outa ral Myonia A. Ad., . 230 Nana Beh. (Ildica), . 174 Napolitana ee (Aply- sia), 73 Navanax Pils., 43, 57 Navarchus Coop. - OF NEAPLYsIA Coop., 65, 68 Neapolitana pee een sia), 73 Neda Ads., _ 228 Nevilli Pils. (Lobiger), 168 Nexa Thomp. (Aplysia), fal Nicaraguana Pils. cee 2 brifera), . 124 Nigra Chenu (Pelta), 172 Nigra Mts. (Aglaja), 47 Nigra Orb. (Aplysia), 85 Nigra Pse. (Philinopsis), 57 Nigrocincta Mts. (Aplysia), 107 Nigromarginata Risso (Aplysia), « LS Nigrum Mts. (Doridium), . 48 Nitida Jeffry. (Philine), 18 Nodifera A. & R. (Aplysia), 109 Norfolkensis Sowb. Ce sia), 99 NoraRrcuus Cuv. ie 135, 161 NorasPIDEA, . 2 £70 Novezealandize Ch. (Pleu- robr.), . 227 Nudatus Rang (Notarchus), 138 Nuttalli Pils. “(Aglaja), 50 Oahouensis Soul. (Dolabri- fera), . 22 Obesa Ver. (Koonsia), 222 Oblongus Aud. (Pleurobr.), 208 Ocellata Ad. (Aplysia), 115 Ocellata Fér. (Aplysia), 138 Ocellata Orb. (Aplysia), 76 Ocellatus Chiaje (Pleu- robr.), . 195 Ocellatus Fér. (Notarchus), 1388 Ocellatus Hasselt (Placobr.), Ocelligera Bgh. (Aglaja), Ocelligerwm me ieee Oculifera A. & R. (Aply- sia), . 110 Givaces Pse. (Dolabrifera), 123 Olivacea Raf. (Oxynoe), . 162 Olivaceus Ehrenb. (Crypto- phthalmus), : 37 Ombrella Blv., . “AT6 Operculatum Ads... a6 Orbicularis Mihl.(Acardo), 181 Orbignyana Roch. (Aglaja), 239 Orbignyanus Roch. (Pos- tero.), ow Ornata Dh. (Dolabella), salou Ornata Dh. (Petalifera), . 131 Ornata Dh. (Phyllaplysia), 131 Ornata Quatref. (Pelta), . 172 Ornatus Ch. (Pleurobr.), . 206 Ornatus Swains. ( Thal- lepus), ‘ . 126 Orientalis Ad. (Philine), aa: Orientalis Sowb. (Aplysia), 104 Oscantus Leach. Ossiania Monts., ; Ossiani Kob., (Philine), Ossiansarsi Friele (Philine), Ovalis Cpr. (Umbr.), Ovalis Pse. (Pleurobr.), Ovata Jeftr. oe OXYNOEID#, OXYNOE Raf, ot Pacifica Pse. (Dolabrifera), Pacificum Bgh. ee pteron), . Panamensis Pils. (Tethy Sy. PaRAPLysIA Pils, . Parthenopia Oken., . Parviplica Dall (Torn.), Parvula Mch. (Aplysia), Parvus Hedl. (Pugnus), . Patagonicus Orb.(Pleurobr.) Patelloidea Cantr. (Parmo.), Patinaria Guppy (Haliot.), Patula Jeffr. (Philine), Patulus Risso (Seaphander), Peasei Pils. (Tethys), . : FPectinata Dillw. (Bulla), Pelta Quatref., lil Pettide. . Pellucidus Ad. (Lobiger), : Pellucidus Pse. (Pleurobr.), Perforatus Ph. (Pleurobr.), Peronii Blv. (Dolabella), Peronii Cuv. (Pleurobr.), Perviridis Pils. (Aplysia), . PETALIFERA Gray, . Petalifera Rang (Aplysia), . Petersonit Gray (Aplysia), . Petersoni Sowb. (Aplysia), . PHANEROPHTHALMUs Ad., Philippi Krohn (Lobiger), . PHILINE Asc. . Phyline, ? ’ PHILINIDA, . : vi, Philinopsis Pse., 44, 56, PuHycopuHina Ad., 2168; Pay vuaPrysia Fisch., Picta Pse. (Lobiger), Pictum Ad. (Operc.), INDEX. 259 212 Pictum Ad. (Umbr.), 183 2 Pictus Pse. (Lobiger), 170 15 Piperata Smith (Aplysia) . 115 14 Planata Dall (Philine), 24 . 177 ~=Planciana Lam. (Bulleea) ial . 202 Pleti Rang (Aplysia), 148 . 233 Pleii Rang (Notarchus), 148 . 161 PLEUROBRANCHID®, 170, 190 . 162 PLEUROBRANCHA Leue, 1915, 223 122 =Pleurobranchidium Blv., . 223 Pleurobranchillus Bergh, . 221 42 PLEUROBRANCHUS Cuy., . 191 88 Placobranchus Gray, . 114 15. Plicatulum Mts.(Umbr.) . 178 39 = Plumula Mont. (Bulla), 194 232 Plumula Mont. (Pleurobr.), 193 83 Plumula Vayss. & Bergh. 234 (Pleurobr.), . 195 200 = Plumulatus Loe. (Pleurobr. ), 194 187 ‘Polaris Auriv. (Philine), 2, 210 Poliana Chiaje (Aplisia), 70 11 Polyomma Mch.(Notarchus) 139 13 Porosa Leach (Berthella) . 194 95 Posterobranchea Orb., 44 12. = Posterobranchus Roch., 239 239 Prasina Mch. (Pelta), 173 . 170 Protea Rang (Aplysia), 78 167 ~Pruinosa Clark (Philine), 26 2038 PsEuDAPLysIA Pils., . pes) eya 197 PrerycopHysis Fisch., 162, 169 1538 Puanus Hedley, ; LE2Be 207 Pulmonica Gld. (Aplysia), . 96 81 Punctata Ad. (Bulla), 14 128 Punctata Clark (Philine), . 17 129 Punctata Cuv. (Aplysia) 70 118 = =Punctata Phil. (Bulla) 13, 14 70 Punctata Pse. (Syphonota), 95 38 Punctatus Ph. (Notarchus), 137 167 Punctatus Q. & G. (Pleu- 238 TOOTS) eee 205 2 Punctilucens Beh. (Aglaja), 54 1 Punetilucens Beh. (Dorid.), 55 1 Punctulata Raf. (Tylos) 36 114 »Punctulatas T-C) “Cehyll- 132 aplysia), . seul 169 Purpurea Beh. (Aglaja), 52 183. Purpureum Beh. (Dorid.) . 52 250 Purpureus Kel. (Pleurobr.), 217 Pusilla Sars (Colpodaspis), 28 Pustulosa Dall (Seaph.), . 235 Quadrata Sowb. (Aplysia) . 130 QuadrataS.Wood (Philine), 19 Q@uadridens Mch. (Berthel- la), : 199, 210 Quadridens Mch. (Pleurobr. ) 198 Quadrilobata Gm. (Lobaria), 11 Quadriloba Mill. (Lobaria), 11 Quadripartita Ase. (Philine), 11 Quercinus Gld. (Notarchus), 143 Radiata Crouch. (Aplysia), 73 Radiata Ehr.(Aplysia), . 111 Rafinesquii Ph. (Tylo.), — . 187 Rangiana Orb. (Aplysia), . 86 Reticulatus Pse. (Pleurobr.), 218 Reticulatus Rang(Pleurobr.) 216 Retifer Forbes (Bulla), =. 27 RincIcuta, : ; . 233 Ringiculella Sacco, . 233 Robertsi Pils. (Tethys), 89, 239 Rondeletii Cuy. (Dolabella), 160 ftosea Rathka (Aplysia), . 71 Rosea Sowb. (Aplysia), . 84 Ruber Raf. (Sareopterus), . 40 Rubrum Raf. (Gastropteron), 40 Rufa Q. & G. (Aplysia), . 148 Rufus Pse. (Pleurobr.), . 204 Rufus Q. & G. (Notarchus), 143 Rumphii Cuv. (Dolabella), 153 Runcina Forbes, s Ta 239 RuNCINIDA, . : slo) Ruppellii Iss. (Pleurobr.)) 2207 Rushii Dall (Hyalopatina), 184 Sapatra Bell. oo Sacocuiossa Iher., Sail Sagra Orb. (Philine), . Sah 55) Saltator Fbs. (Aplysia), 161 Sandwichensis Sowb. (Aply- sla), : . 92 Sar copterus Tae ; . 39 Savignana Aud. (Barsatel la), 145 SavignanusAud. (Notarchus) 144 Savign yanus Iss.(Notarchus) 145 INDEX. Savii Verany (Pleurobr.), . 198 Scaber Mull. (Philine), = al, Scabra Mull. (Philine), . 12 Scalpta Ad. (Philine), AKG ScaPHANDER, . : . 234 Seapula Mart. (Dolabella), 152 Schroeter Phil. (Bullea), . 11 Sculpta S. Wood (Bulleea),. 14 Sculpta T.-C. (Philine), LesG Secutatus Fbs. (Pleurobr.), . 198 Scutatus Mts.(Pleurobr.), . 211 Scutellata Ehr. (Aplysia), . 111 Seutulum Lov. (Philine), . 20 Sebe Gray (Aplysia), its Semilevis Seg. (Bulla),- . 232 Serradifalci Cale. (Bullea), 167 Serradifalci Cale. (Lobiger), 167 Sicula Swains. (Aplysia), . 112 Sideralis Lov. (Pleurobr.), . 194 Sieboldi Krohn(Lopho.), 163, 164 Similis Sowb. (Aplysia), 130 Sinense A. Ad. (Gastro: pteron), 41 Sinensis Sowb. (Aply sia), 104 Sinica Gmel. (Patella), 180 Sinicum Gmel.(Umbr.), . 180 Sinuata Sars.(Philine), . 18 Sinuata Stimp. (Philine), . 19 Siphonotus A.& R., . . 868 Smaracdinus Leuck. Seri ophthalmus), Sordidus Fbs. (Pleurobr Fs ee sk) Sorex Rang (Aplysia), . 94 Sormetus Fér., . 2 Souverbii Fisch. (Lobiger), 168 Sowerby: Fisch. (Lobiger), . 169 Sowerbyi Gldg. (Dolabrifera) 126 Sowerbyi Pils. (Tethys), 10m Sparsinotata Sm. (Aplysia). 103 Speciosa Pse. Sau 56 Spurea Krauss (Aplysia), Stellata Risso (Aplysia), . 71 Stellatus Risso (Pleurobr.), 194 Stimpsoni Pils. (Notar goer 142 Strategus Coop., . 57 Striata Q. & G. (Aply sia), . 141 Striatula Fbs. (Bulla), . 233 Striatula Jeffr.(Philine), . 22 INDEX Striatella T.-C.(Philine), . 5 Striatulus Jeffr. (Utriculus), 23 Striatus Q. & G.(Notarchus) 141 Striolata Ad.(Philine), . 7 STYLOCHEILUS Gld., . 185, 139 Subquadrata Gld., Sowb. (Aplysia), . t oe eel Susania Gray, . Swiftii Pils. (Dolabrifera), . Sydneyensis Sowb. (Aply- sia), oe Oa Sympterus Rafin., Syphonopyge Bronn, ‘ 26D Syphonota Pse., . : . 65 Tahitensis Pse. (Dolabri- fera), 5 HOA Tarda Ver. ‘(Pleu robr. ); Tasmanica T.-Woods (Aplysia), . 99 Teremidi Rang (Dolabella), 154 Tessellatus Pse. (Pleurobr.), 202 Testudinarius Cantr. (Os- canius). : : . 213 Teruys Linné, . 5 . 65 Thallepus Swains, > » 126 Tigrina Angas (Aplysia), . 102 Tigrina Q. & G. (Aplysia), 109 Tigrina Rang (Aplysia), . 108 Tigrinella Gray (Aplysia), . 109 Tincta Ver. (Philine), 238 Tongana Q. & G. (Dolabella) 158 Tongensis Gray (Dolabella), 159 ToRNATINA, ; 232 Trian oularis Wats. (Dola- brifera), 119 Tricolorata Ren. (Aglaja), 45, 239 Trigona Sowb. (Aplysia), . 112 Truneata Rang (Dolabella), 158 Truncatissima (Philine), Sowb., . 5 Tryoniana Pils. (Tethys), 96, 239 Tryonii Mein. (Aplysia), . 98 Tuberculatus Chiaje (Pleuro- E;)) 218 Tuberculatus Meck. (Osean. 5 214 Tuberculatus Meck. (Pleuro- br): 14 Tuberculosus Bly. (Gastro- plax),= = Bee esl! Tyleriana Ad. (Leueonyx) . 160 TyLopina Rafin, . 176, 185 Umbella Lam. (Acardo), . 181 Umbella Orb., . Umbellata Chiaje (Umbr.), Umbellata Gm. (Patella), UMBRACULIDA, 2 170, UMBRACULUM Schum., Me 176 Umbrella Lam., . Umbrella Mart. (Patella), lel Umnbrellide, 175 Unguifera Rang. (Aplysia), 129 Unicolor Bly. (Aplysia), 115 Unicolor Risso (Aplysia), . 112 Utriculopsis Sars, z Z Vaillanti Iss.(Philine), . 10 Varians Leach (Aplysia), . 71 Varians Pse. (Pleurobr.), Variegata Pse. (Dolabella), Velutinoides Sars (Philine), 21 Venosa Hutt.(Aplysia), . 98 Ventricosa Jeffr.(Diaphana), 22 Ventrosus Jeffr. (Utriculus), 22 Vestita Phil. (Philine), Bt ah Violaceus Pse. (Pleurobr.), . Virescens Risso (Aplysia), . 129 Viridescens Pse. (Syphon- ota), 94 Viniai Bose. (Laplisia), 112 Viridis Fér. (Acteeon), 230 Viridis F.& H.(Runcina), 173 Viridis Nev. (Lobiger), 168 Viridis Pse. (Lopho.), 165 Viridis Pse. (Lobiger), 169 Viridis Pse. (Oxynoe), . 165 Vitrea Gld. (Philine), malas Vitrea Monts. (Philine), . 28 Vitrea Sars (Philine), Seri Vitrea Sars (Utriculopsis), 16 Vitrzea Sowb. (Dolabrifera), 121 Vittata Mts. (Aglaja), a 4% 262 INDEX. Vittatum Mts.(Doridium),. 47 VOLVATELLA Pse., .. . 231 Vulgaris Blv. (Aplysia), . 70 Webbii Bened. (Aplysia), . 130 Webi Loc. (Aplysiella), 130 Weebbii Vayss. (Aplysiella), 130 WEINKAUFFIA Ad., . 236 WesterniaQ.&G., . woe Willcoxi Heilpr. (Aplysia), 80 Wilsoni Tate (Lobiger), . 168 Xanthonella Gray, . . 38 Zeylanicus Kel. (Pleurobr.), 209 Zonata Ad. (Laona), . 2G: DORIDIID4= Jj PLATE 2 PHILINID4= a ss _—_ 3 PLATE PHILINID4: Ft PLATE 4 PHILINID42 all - S= o 4. ~ oe oil i 3 ™ 4, “ . ‘ 2 Wel a - | ‘5 PLATE PHILINID&. ft oo \ any RY \ SGV AN AANA ows PLATE 6 AGLAJIDA® Led i Jamil i vie fi 7) : ios oy) = " 2 ~ ~ b . * oe GASTROPTERIDE PLATE (7. 8 PLATE GASTROPTERID4= PLATE 9 PHILINIDA & ° OXY NOEID. > Rae Near) eo -¥i +85 ~ P, . C ! ‘ E \ i PLATE Ad OXY NOEIDA. - Shige TEER. 4 PLATE 12 DORIDIID4= foe ee geen ay sa. \ ; hoe — hana Mec ‘eS s, _ ae, i aes PLATE 18 AGLAJIDAE er "(thE PELE SS era eewaterrenstenenca are e + 7 eit 1 PLATE 14 DORIDIID4= cca MCF INANE Uo: pe zs PE, * y : : . ; es He - = 4 . ‘ zy : PEAR) Als DORIDIIDA{ WEY Lene. i APLYSIIDA. PLATE 16 APLYSIIDAE:. PLATE 17 t 2 J { / R a U) a oI A, < oH PLATE 62. ce bn 962 ee ee eae eee 2 a APLYSIID. “ nd PLATE 63. APLYSIID4. APLYSIID@. PLATE 665. APLYSIIDA. APLYSIIDA. PLATE 66. PLATE 67. { APLYSIIDA. SS = se RUNCINID&.. PLATE 68. aS PLATE 70. UMBRACULID&. oS 6 PLATE 71. UMBRACULID£. éj PLATE 72. UMBRACULID. a PLATE 73. UMBRACULID&€. oS ) .. May PLATE 74. PLEUROBRANCHIDA. — ee te iat cf ee a hh. oMitiys ar tn Og * ‘ Wg) ot i lay capes Pik ay a LUE Ws A site 4 A a «